API-rbi User Guide

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 301
At a glance
Powered by AI
The document provides an extensive user guide for the API RBI software covering topics like installation, startup, configuration, forms, reports and more.

The document states that the purpose of the API RBI software is to provide risk-based inspection planning for pressure relief devices (PRVs) and other process equipment.

The document lists the software requirements as MySQL database, Microsoft Access database and mentions the supported operating systems as Windows 2000 and above.

API RBI User's Guide Page 1 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 PURPOSE ............................................................................................................................................. 5
2 ASSUMPTIONS..................................................................................................................................... 5
3 SOFTWARE SUPPORT ........................................................................................................................ 5
4 SOFTWARE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................ 5
5 SOFTWARE INSTALLATION............................................................................................................... 6
6 SOFTWARE STARTUP ........................................................................................................................ 7
6.1 Startup ..........................................................................................................................................7
6.1.1 Api-Rbi Installation – Client Tier Only................................................................................. 7
6.1.2 API RBI Installation LOCAL.................................................................................................. 8
6.1.3 API RBI Installation REMOTE............................................................................................... 9
6.2 Shutdown .....................................................................................................................................9
6.3 Run MYSQL Database (Standalone)........................................................................................10
6.4 Shutdown MYSQL Database (Standalone) .............................................................................10
6.5 API RBI Property Editor ............................................................................................................11
6.6 Local DB Connections ..............................................................................................................11
6.7 Remote DB Connections ..........................................................................................................12
6.8 Server Connection.....................................................................................................................12
6.9 Bundle DB ..................................................................................................................................13
6.10 Special Cases ............................................................................................................................13
6.10.1 Start the API RBI Server ..................................................................................................... 13
6.10.2 Start the Client ..................................................................................................................... 14
6.10.3 Close the Client ................................................................................................................... 14
6.10.4 Shut the Server .................................................................................................................... 14
6.11 MS Access–MYSQL links .........................................................................................................15
6.12 Logging software bugs .............................................................................................................22
6.13 Tracking Software Bugs ...........................................................................................................26
7 API RBI VERSION 8.02 FORMS ........................................................................................................ 28
7.1 Basic Form Layout ....................................................................................................................28
7.2 Toolbar Functions .....................................................................................................................29
7.2.1 Remote Node ....................................................................................................................... 30
7.2.2 Filter...................................................................................................................................... 35
7.2.3 Import of API RBI Version 3.3.3 database into Version 8.02........................................... 38
7.2.4 Administrator Tool .............................................................................................................. 41
7.2.5 User Tool .............................................................................................................................. 44
7.2.6 API RBI Property Editor ...................................................................................................... 48
7.2.7 Inspection Category Table Editor ...................................................................................... 48
7.2.8 Fluid Designer...................................................................................................................... 49
7.2.9 PRV Data .............................................................................................................................. 51
7.2.10 Fixed Equipment RBI .......................................................................................................... 51
7.2.11 Administrator’s Guide......................................................................................................... 51
7.2.12 User’s Guide ........................................................................................................................ 53
7.2.13 Help....................................................................................................................................... 54
7.2.14 About .................................................................................................................................... 55
7.2.15 VCEDamge ........................................................................................................................... 56
7.2.16 Backup MYSQL Databases................................................................................................. 56
7.3 Navigation Tree..........................................................................................................................57
7.3.1 Purpose ................................................................................................................................ 57
7.3.2 Available Forms and Actions ............................................................................................. 57
7.3.3 STARTUP.............................................................................................................................. 63
7.3.4 CORPORATION.................................................................................................................... 64

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 2 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.3.5 PLANT................................................................................................................................... 65
7.3.6 UNIT ...................................................................................................................................... 66
7.3.7 EQUIPMENT ......................................................................................................................... 67
7.3.8 COMPONENT ....................................................................................................................... 68
7.4 Input Form/Table Format ..........................................................................................................69
7.4.1 Data fields ............................................................................................................................ 69
7.4.2 Actions ................................................................................................................................. 69
7.4.3 Damage Factors .................................................................................................................. 74
7.5 Corporation Table......................................................................................................................75
7.5.1 TABLE ACTIONS ................................................................................................................. 75
7.5.2 Field Help ............................................................................................................................. 76
7.6 Corporation Form ......................................................................................................................77
7.6.1 FORM ACTIONS...................................................................................................................77
7.6.2 Field Help ............................................................................................................................. 77
7.7 Batch Calculate..........................................................................................................................78
7.8 Calculation in Progress Form ..................................................................................................78
7.9 Calculator Status Report ..........................................................................................................79
7.10 Calc Message Report ................................................................................................................79
7.11 Batch Calculate Filter with Diag...............................................................................................80
7.12 Refreshed Batch Calculate Filter Form ...................................................................................80
7.13 Equipment Form ........................................................................................................................83
7.13.1 FORM ACTIONS...................................................................................................................83
7.13.2 FIELD HELP - EQUIPMENT................................................................................................. 84
7.14 Unit Settings ..............................................................................................................................85
7.14.1 FORM ACTIONS...................................................................................................................85
7.14.2 FIELD HELP UNIT SETTINGS - GENERAL ........................................................................ 86
7.14.3 FIELD HELP UNIT SETTINGS – SOLUTION CONTROL ................................................... 86
7.15 Global Component Settings .....................................................................................................87
7.15.1 FORM ACTIONS...................................................................................................................87
7.15.2 FIELD HELP.......................................................................................................................... 88
7.16 Reports .......................................................................................................................................90
7.16.1 Bundle Damage Modifier .................................................................................................... 91
7.16.2 Bundle Financial.................................................................................................................. 91
7.16.3 Bundle Materials.................................................................................................................. 93
7.16.4 Bundle Process ................................................................................................................... 93
7.16.5 Bundle Risk.......................................................................................................................... 95
7.16.6 Check Number of Inspections........................................................................................... 95
7.16.7 Check Thckness .................................................................................................................. 97
7.16.8 Consequence ....................................................................................................................... 97
7.16.9 Corrosion Rate..................................................................................................................... 98
7.16.10 Cracking Susceptibility .................................................................................................. 99
7.16.11 Damage Report................................................................................................................ 99
7.16.12 Design & Operating Conditions................................................................................... 100
7.16.13 HIC SOHIC......................................................................................................................100
7.16.14 Import ............................................................................................................................. 101
7.16.15 Inspection Due Date – Date Option ............................................................................. 101
7.16.16 Inspection Due Date –Plan Option .............................................................................. 102
7.16.17 Insulated Operating Temperature ............................................................................... 103
7.16.18 Inventory Group ............................................................................................................ 104
7.16.19 Number of Thinning History ........................................................................................ 104
7.16.20 Probability...................................................................................................................... 105
7.16.21 Recommended Inspections ......................................................................................... 105

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 3 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.16.22 Risk................................................................................................................................. 106


7.16.23 Risk Matrix Report ........................................................................................................ 107
7.16.24 Risk Matrix Financial Report........................................................................................ 108
7.16.25 Risk Mechanism ............................................................................................................ 109
7.16.26 Risk Summary ............................................................................................................... 109
7.16.27 Tank Details ...................................................................................................................110
7.16.28 Tank Inventory Group................................................................................................... 110
7.16.29 Tank Bottom Supplement ............................................................................................ 111
7.16.30 Thinning Mechanism .................................................................................................... 111
7.16.31 Thinning Type Local ..................................................................................................... 112
7.16.32 Toxic............................................................................................................................... 113
7.16.33 Fluids.............................................................................................................................. 113
7.16.34 Inspection History Report ............................................................................................ 114
7.16.35 Materials......................................................................................................................... 115
7.17 Find ...........................................................................................................................................116
7.18 Import/Export Spreadsheet ....................................................................................................117
7.19 Inventory Group Table ............................................................................................................120
7.19.1 TABLE ACTIONS ............................................................................................................... 120
7.19.2 FIELD HELP........................................................................................................................ 121
7.20 Component Form.....................................................................................................................122
7.20.1 GENERAL TAB................................................................................................................... 122
7.20.2 GENERAL TAB – TUBE BUNDLE..................................................................................... 128
7.20.3 Operating Condition Tab - Original Consequence Model ............................................. 131
7.20.4 Operating Condition Tab - New Consequence Model ................................................... 132
7.20.5 Operating Condition Tab – Tube Bundle ........................................................................ 134
7.20.6 Operating Condition Tab – Tank...................................................................................... 137
7.20.7 Field Help -Operating Conditions Tab - Tank ................................................................. 137
7.20.8 Component Settings Tab.................................................................................................. 138
7.20.9 Field Help - Component Settings Tab ............................................................................. 138
7.20.10 Component Settings Tab – Tank ................................................................................. 140
7.20.11 Field Help - Component Settings Tab – Tank ............................................................ 140
7.20.12 Component SettingsTab - Bundle ............................................................................... 142
7.20.13 Field Help – Bundle Component Settings Tab........................................................... 142
7.20.14 Volume and Mass Tab .................................................................................................. 144
7.20.15 Bundle Filter ..................................................................................................................147
7.20.16 Weibull Plot.................................................................................................................... 150
7.21 Thinning Damage Mechanism Form......................................................................................151
7.21.1 Thinning Tab ...................................................................................................................... 151
7.21.2 Thinning Supplemental Tab ............................................................................................. 156
7.21.3 Equipment Lining Tab....................................................................................................... 183
7.22 Cracking Damage Mechanism Forms ...................................................................................186
7.22.1 Amine Cracking .................................................................................................................187
7.22.2 Carbonate Cracking .......................................................................................................... 190
7.22.3 Caustic Cracking ...............................................................................................................193
7.22.4 Chloride Cracking ............................................................................................................. 196
7.22.5 HIC SOHIC H2S ..................................................................................................................199
7.22.6 HIC SOHIC HF .................................................................................................................... 202
7.22.7 HSC HF ............................................................................................................................... 205
7.22.8 Other Cracking................................................................................................................... 208
7.22.9 Polythionic Cracking......................................................................................................... 211
7.22.10 SSC H2S......................................................................................................................... 214
7.23 External Damage .....................................................................................................................217

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 4 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.23.1 CUI Austenitic Stainless Steels ....................................................................................... 218


7.23.2 CUI Carbon and Low Alloy Steels.................................................................................... 221
7.23.3 External SCC Austenitic Stainless Steels....................................................................... 225
7.23.4 External Corrosion Carbon and Low Alloy..................................................................... 228
7.24 Brittle Fracture Damage Mechanism Forms .........................................................................232
7.24.1 885 Embrittlement ............................................................................................................. 233
7.24.2 Low Temperature .............................................................................................................. 236
7.24.3 Sigma Phase ...................................................................................................................... 240
7.24.4 Temper Embrittlement ...................................................................................................... 243
7.25 HTHA.........................................................................................................................................247
7.26 Mechanical Fatigue .................................................................................................................250
7.27 Bundle Damage Assessment .................................................................................................252
7.28 Inspection History ...................................................................................................................255
7.28.1 General Equipment Inspection History Tables .............................................................. 255
7.28.2 Inspection History Tables– Bundle ................................................................................. 258
7.29 Inspection Planning Form – Date ..........................................................................................261
7.30 Inspection Planning Form - Plan ...........................................................................................264
7.31 Inspection Planning Form – Bundle ......................................................................................267
7.31.1 General Tab........................................................................................................................ 267
7.31.2 CBA Tab ............................................................................................................................. 270
7.32 Component Data......................................................................................................................272
7.33 PRV RBI ...................................................................................................................................273
7.33.1 PRV Navigation Tree ......................................................................................................... 273
7.33.2 PRV Global Settings.......................................................................................................... 273
7.33.3 PRV Design Information ................................................................................................... 274
7.33.4 PRV Overpressure Demand Cases.................................................................................. 276
7.33.5 PRV Consequence Analysis............................................................................................. 284
7.33.6 Batch Calc .......................................................................................................................... 286
7.33.7 Batch Calc Progress ......................................................................................................... 286
7.33.8 Batch Calc with Diag......................................................................................................... 287
7.33.9 View Diag Files .................................................................................................................. 287
7.33.10 PRV Protected Equipment ........................................................................................... 288
7.33.11 PRV Inspection History ................................................................................................ 289
7.33.12 PRV Inspection Planning/ PRV Results ...................................................................... 291
7.33.13 PRV Details ....................................................................................................................293
7.33.14 PRV Reports .................................................................................................................. 295

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 5 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

1 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to present a clear and concise procedural outline by which the user may
enter, save, and calculate Risk Based Inspection data using API-RBI v 8.02.
2 ASSUMPTIONS
• The user is familiar with the concepts of API Risk Based Inspection as documented in the Base
Resource Document, Second Edition, October 2000.
• API RBI Version 8.02 software has been correctly installed on the computer as described in the API
RBI Version 8.02 Administrators Guide and in the API RBI Installation Guide.
3 SOFTWARE SUPPORT
Support for the software is provided for technical issues by Lynne Kaley and for System Support by Mary
Buchheim.
API RBI Software
Version 8.02
March 2007
Technical Support System Support
Lynne C. Kaley Mary E. Buchheim
281-480-0556 216-283- 6018
lckaley@equityeng.com mebuchheim@equityeng.com

Documentation for this software is found in the directory \APIRBI_INSTALLATION\apirbi\doc.


Documentation includes this User’s Guide, Administrators Guide, and the Interoperable Interface
Specification. User help is provided for the Navigation Tree, at the form level, and at the field level.
4 SOFTWARE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
This software is a three tiered system: Client, Server; Database. It can be set up to collapse to a single or
2 tiered system. Minimum computer system requirements are listed below.
System Requirements
API RBI Software
Client Only Client/Server Client/Server/Database
Configuration
512 MB RAM 1.5 GB RAM 1.5 GB Minimum
Pentium 2 or better Pentium 3 or better Pentium 3 or better
80 MB Hard Drive 500 MB Hard Drive 1 GB Hard Drive Available
Available Minimum Available Minimum Minimum

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 6 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

5 SOFTWARE INSTALLATION
Software installation instructions are provided in the API RBI Installation Guide. This document presumes
that the software has been successfully installed using the information provided in the Installation Guide.
The installation places 3 shortcuts on the user’s destop as well as 5 menu items in the program menu.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 7 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

6 SOFTWARE STARTUP
6.1 Startup
The software can be started using either of 3 methods: the Api-Rbi Installation shortcut, the Api-Rbi
Installation LOCAL shortcut, or the Api Rbi REMOTE.

6.1.1 Api-Rbi Installation – Client Tier Only


The first shortcut Api-Rbi Installation starts the only the Client tier of the software. It assumes that the
server tier and the database tier are installed and running on other computers.

This process requires 4 data inputs from the user:.


1. Login Name,
2. Password,
3. IP Address of the API RBI Server,
4. Server Port
5. Server Binding Name

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 8 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

6.1.2 API RBI Installation LOCAL


This shortcut is used when all 3 parts of the software are running on a single PC. This shortcut
starts the all 3 parts of the software in a in a timed sequence with a fixed IP address 127.0.0.1
and with a default user of root whose password is root. The only input required from the user is
to select which Mysql database to use.

The user will be presented with a database select list. The list includes all of the database folders
in the APIRBI_INSTALLATION\mysql\data folder. Any database can be selected to use as the
primary database.

The software will start in local mode and supply the default username and password for the login as well
as an IP address and port number for the server.

If the user would like to use this shortcut to log into the database as a different user than root, just modify
the properties of the shortcut. The shortcut properties are:
C:\Apirbi_Installation\ref\cmdow.exe /RUN /HID "C:\Apirbi_Installation\APIRBI.bat" -LOCAL -DBSELECT -
ho localhost -us root -pa root
Replace the values of root and root with the appropriate information.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 9 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

6.1.3 API RBI Installation REMOTE


This shortcut starts the API RBI Server and API RBI Client on the local computer. It assumes that a
database has been created and is running on a separate computer and that the server tier has been
configured to point to that particular database.

This process requires 4 data inputs from the user:.


1. Login Name,
2. Password,
3. IP Address of the API RBI Server,
4. Server Port
5. Server Binding Name

6.2 Shutdown
The software can be shutdown by clicking the X in the upper right corner of the APIRBI application.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 10 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

6.3 Run MYSQL Database (Standalone)


This option is used if user’s activities require access to Mysql databases located on the user’s computer.
Selecting the menu option opens a command window.

6.4 Shutdown MYSQL Database (Standalone)


This option is shuts down MYSQL on the users computer. If MYSQL has been started, it should always
be shutdown using this option.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 11 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

6.5 API RBI Property Editor


The Property Dialog Editor is used to change the properties that are used to connect to the API RBI
Server and API RBI Database. This activity is performed by a system administrator. The Property Editor
can be used to set up multiple primary as well as remote databases to which the server can connect.
Each tab in the editor must be saved independently. This editor changes the APIRBIServer.properties file
on the server computer.
This option is will only be available on computers where the server tier of the software has been installed.
Save must be pressed on each tab to save the changes.

6.6 Local DB Connections


This form provides information about the primary databases to which this server tier may connect . Make
changes and press save. You will be prompted to warn that you are overwriting the
apirbiserver.properties file.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 12 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

6.7 Remote DB Connections


This form provides information about the remote node databases ot which this server tier may connect
Make changes and press save. You will be prompted to warn that you are overwriting the
apirbiserver.properties file.

6.8 Server Connection


This form provides information about this server tier. Make changes and press save. You will be prompted
to warn that you are overwriting the apirbiserver.properties file.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 13 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

6.9 Bundle DB
This provides information about the heat exchanger bundle table. Make changes and press save. You will
be prompted to warn that you are overwriting the apirbiserver.properties file.

6.10 Special Cases


There are times when a user will need to make use of the underlying commands that bring up and shut
down the software. These actions are described in this section. The command files used are located in
the folder APIRBI_INSTALLATION folder. Depending on the type of installation selected some of these
commands will not be available.

6.10.1 Start the API RBI Server


Double click the file named runsvr.cmd, the program should open as minimized, if however the window is
opened the following should be present.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 14 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

6.10.2 Start the Client


Double click the file run.bat. The program will open minimized and a login form will appear.

6.10.3 Close the Client


Press the close window X

6.10.4 Shut the Server


Double click the file named shutsvr.cmd. The program will open minimized and then both the shutsvr and
runsvr will close and disappear.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 15 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

6.11 MS Access–MYSQL links


1. In order to link the MYSQL database to MS Access, the MYSQL driver must be installed on the
pc. These steps may require assistance from your system administrator.
2. The MYSQL driver is available at http://www.mysql.com/get/Downloads/MyODBC3/MyODBC-
3.51.06.exe/from/http://mysql.orst.edu/ .
3. Copy the URL into the address bar of your browser and at the prompt, select save to your
computer.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 16 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

4. Navigate to the MyODBC-3.51.06.exe and double click the file.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 17 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

The driver is now installed and available for use to link the MySQL database to MS Access.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 18 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

5. From START, Settings, Control Panel, Administrative Tools, Data Sources (ODBC), create a user
DSN MyRemote that uses the MYSQL Driver and points to the MYSQL database.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 19 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

6. From START, open MS Access, and select a new database – API RBI.

7. From File, select Get External Data, select Link Tables.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 20 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

8. Select ODBC Database as the Type of File

9. Select MyRemote as the machine data source

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 21 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

10. Select all tables to link

11. The process is complete.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 22 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

6.12 Logging software bugs


1. To access Scarab go to site http://208.40.63.53/scarab/issues/
2. You will see the following screen. You do not need to login simply select the hyperlink
Global>Public

3. On the left side of the screen, you will see - Enter new issue. Select that hyperlink

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 23 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

4. You can enter the information for a new issue here. Because the same form is used for all
software products, some fields may not apply to the software product in question or you may not
have all of the information listed. If the field does not apply or if you do not have the information for
optional fields then simply skip those fields. Required fields are marked with an asterisk. The most
important information is your name, phone number and email address so that an E2G contact person
can get in touch with you help resolve the issue.

5. When finished with the first screen press the Next button.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 24 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

6. You will see the information that you have already submitted as well as additional fields. If you
can complete the information, please do so. If you would like to include an attachment, then use the
Browse button to locate the attachment, complete the Description field, and press the Add
Attachment button. When you have finished adding your information then simply press the Submit
Issue button.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 25 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7. You will be returned to the add defect screen but with a message indicating that your issue has
been added to Scarab.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 26 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

6.13 Tracking Software Bugs


When you have submitted a bug via the Scarab system, you can return to the site to track the status for
the bug.
1. You do not need to login simply select the hyperlink for the software product you are interested in
viewing. For example go to Global>API RBI

2. From the drop down list that begins New and saved queries select Public Queries – API RBI
Issues

3. The following query result will appear.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 27 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

4. Clicking on the Issue ID field will display details about the issue. .

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 28 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7 API RBI VERSION 8.02 FORMS


7.1 Basic Form Layout
All forms in the API RBI Version 8.02 software are designed in the same basic layout. At the top of the
form in the border is the name of the user API RBI, Database Type, Database Name and Version
number. A toolbar is in the topmost left corner. The Toolbar can be dragged around the screen but will
only dock in the upper left position. In the left panel is the Navigation Tree. In the right panel is displayed
the various input forms. At the bottom of the form is a status bar.
Toolbar User Name, Database Type, Database Name Version Number

Navigation
Tree Input form

Status bar

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 29 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.2 Toolbar Functions


Toolbar functions are:
• Remote Node
• Filter
• Import
• Administrator Tools
• User Tools
• API RBI Property Editor
• Inspection Category Editor
• Fluid Designer
• PRV RBI
• Fixed Equipment RBI
• Administrator’s Guide
• User’s Guide
• Help
• About API RBI
• VCEDamageMechanisms
• Backup MYSQL Database

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 30 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.2.1 Remote Node


Remote Node is accessed via the Remote Node icon on the toolbar or from the right click menu at the
Corporation Level. Remote Node allows the user to move unit data from/to any of the three supported
database types. There are several restrictions.
• All of the databases must be at the same version of the APIRBI software.
• A unit from database A cannot be moved to database B if the unit name already exists in
database B.
• Once data is moved via remote node changes made in the originating database are not reflected
in the receiving database.
• The following data is not transferred via remote node: users other than root, filters, unit global
settings, edits to the component data table values.
• A default configuration for remote node is provided in the APIRBIServer.properties file as a
Mysql database with the name of rneeg. This information can be changed by using the API RBI
Property Editor.

7.2.1.1 Select the Remote Node from the Toolbar.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 31 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.2.1.2 Local Mysql Database Selection


For a user working with Mysql databases on their own pc, the different databases are in folders in the
APIRBI_installtion\mysql\data folder. The default folder name for the API RBI product is eeg. You may
have other folders containing API RBI data with other names. The only requirement for Mysql database
names is that there cannot be any spaces in the folder name. An example user with 4 databases in the
data folder: unit1, unit2, unit3, unit4. The user can use remote node to move data from any database to
the other database.

This option is only available if the Enterprise Database Selection is a Mysql database.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide Page 32 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.2.1.3 Entreprise Database Selection


If your server has been defined to have enterprise databases available for remote node then there will be
additional items to select in the Enterprise Database Selection list..

If the remote database has not been updated for the most recent version of the software then you will
receive the following error.

If the database is a MYSQL database, then the software will upgrade the database to the current version
and connection to the database will be delayed while the upgrade occurs. A message will appear in the
status bar to indicate this activity.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 33 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.2.1.4 Drag/Drop is used to move or copy the desired data to the remote node.
To copy data from 1 database to another, use the following process.
a) In the source database window, highlight the unit to be copied with a single click
b) To Copy the unit, press the CTRL button and the left mouse button and hold while dragging the
unit to the desired location in the target database.
c) Release the left mouse button and respond yes to the alert box.

The status bar will be updated with the following message during the copy process.

When the copy or move is successful, the navigation tree is updated in each database.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 34 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

To move data from 1 database to another, use the following process.


a) In the source database window, highlight the unit to be moved with a single click
b) To move the unit merely press and hold the left mouse button while dragging the unit to the
desired location in the target database.
c) Release the left mouse button and respond yes to the alert box.

To complete the process respond yes to the alert box. The navigation tree will be updated.

7.2.1.5 To disconnect from Remote Node, press the DISCONNECT button.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 35 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.2.2 Filter
The Filter function is accessed via the Filter icon on the toolbar or from the right click menu at the
Corporation Level.

7.2.2.1 Select Filter from Toolbar


These forms help the user define filters for screening the database for display, reporting, and calculation.
Available actions are: Add, Edit, Copy, Delete filters, as well as Apply Selected Filter and Remove
Applied filter. Filters are applied on the entire set of Corporations, Plants, and Units. Once a filter has
been applied, it is static. If calculations or data changes are made that would remove or add an item to
the filtered set, then the filter must be removed and reapplied to see the difference in the filtered set. If a
filter is applied that results in no data being selected, all data is reported on the navigation bar.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 36 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

To add a filter select the ADD button, to edit a filter select Edit. Add or edit the appropriate information.

1. Name the filter


2. Select an attribute
3. Select an operator
4. Select a criteria
5. Click Add Filter Component to add an additional screen and when finished click OK to save changes.

3
4

2
5

Attributes are added to filters by adding them to one of 8 groups. Attributes added to 1 group are treated
as AND attributes. This means that a component must satisfy both attributes to be added to the result set.
Attributes placed in separate groups are treated as OR attributes. This means that components that
satisfy either attribute will be added to the result set. If none of the components satisfy the filter, then all
components are returned as a result.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 37 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.2.2.2 To apply a filter select a filter from the dropdown list

7.2.2.3 Press Apply Selected Filter

7.2.2.4 The results of the filter are shown below. Green background is a visual indication that a filter is
applied.

7.2.2.5 Filters are removed by returning to the filter page and pressing the Remove Current Filter
button. When the filter is removed the green background on the Nav Tree is removed and the
message in the status bar is updated to show no filter applied.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 38 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.2.3 Import of API RBI Version 3.3.3 database into Version 8.02.
1. Select the Import File Button from the Toolbar or the Import button from the Toolbar

2. Using the Explorer window, navigate to the location of


• The API RBI Version 3.3.3 application
• The API RBI Version 3.3.3 security file
• The API RBI Version 3.3.3 unit database you wish to import
3. Select the corporation and plant that will receive the data
4. Select the Metric Flag, select no and the unit will use English units, select yes and the unit will use
metric units. English units use °F, psi, inches, lbm, ft2, ft3. Metric units use °C, MPa, mm, kg, m2, m3.

API RBI 3.3.3 application

API RBI 3.3.3 Security File

API RBI 3.3.3 Unit Database Folder

3 Corporation
and plant to
receive data

4 Metric Flag

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 39 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

5. Import generates a report. This report can be reviewed in this window and a decision made to
continue with the import by pressing the Continue button, or cancel the import pressing the Cancel
button. The file that will be imported can be viewed by pressing the View Excel button. This will allow
the user to view the data that has been extracted from the 3.3.3 database. The report generated can
be found in the folder APIRBI_INSTALLATION\import\log folder. No changes can be made to this
file. A search facility is provided to search the file for a specified string.

Continue with import

Cancel import

View imported file

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 40 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

6. During the import process the screen is greyed out and locked.

7. Import is complete, the navigation bar is updated.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 41 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.2.4 Administrator Tool


Administrator activities are accessed via the Administrator Toolbar icon. The administrator tool allows the
software administrator to create, edit, and delete API RBI users.

Required fields have a yellow background. Optional fields have a white background.

7.2.4.1 Create or Edit User


1. Select the user to edit. If you wish to create a user then click on any user name in the list
2. Click on the Edit User button.
3. Change the appropriate information.
4. In the Corporation, Plant and Unit fields, using the drop down list change the Corporation, Plant,
Unit assignment.
5. User roles are defined as
• Reporter can not SAVE, RENAME, DELETE, CALCULATE, or WHAT-IF
Reporter can NAVIGATE, FORMDATA, REPORT
• Specialist can not RENAME, DELETE
Specialist can SAVE, CALCULATE, WHAT-IF, NAVIGATE, FORMDATA, REPORT
• Risk Analyst can RENAME, DELETE, SAVE, CALCULATE, WHAT-IF, NAVIGATE,
FORMDATA, REPORT
• Administrator can RENAME, DELETE, SAVE, CALCULATE, WHAT-IF, NAVIGATE,
FORMDATA, REPORT, MANAGE USERS
6. Press Save to Save changes or Cancel to quit

7.2.4.2 Delete User


1. Select the user to delete
2. Click on the Delete User button.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 42 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

User Details Tab

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 43 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Login Details Tab

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 44 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.2.5 User Tool


The User Tool is accessed from the Toolbar UT icon.

From this form the user can change information about their user data and reset their password when it
expires. When passwords expire the user is sent to this page after attempting to logon with an expired
password. To reset the password perform the following steps:
1. The user details tab allows user to change any User information necessary. Passwords may not be
repeatedly used. The last 10 passwords are not available for reuse.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 45 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

2. The login tab presents data concening the last user login.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 46 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

3. The general tab is used to


• Set the Server Trace Level. Users may be asked to change this setting in an effort to resolve
problems encountered in the use of the software. To change this value, select the new trace
level, press the Set Level button and the press the Save button.
• If the server tier is installed on this computer, the user can choose to change the local or
enterprise database to which the server is pointing. Changes made on this form apply to all
clients using this server installation

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 47 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

4. The calculation tab is used to allow calculations at the plant leve and to set the diagnostic mode on
for all calculations. Making either of these options active, applies for all calculations requested until
the flags are changed and effect all clients using this server installation.
• When plant level calculations are enabled, when the calculation button is pressed
calculations are performed for all units within the plant.
• When batch diag mode is active, the diagnostic files are generated for all calculations
regardless of whether that option is presented on the batch calculation filter form.

5. When changes are complete, select Save button to save changes.


6. To exit the tool, select Cancel button.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 48 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.2.6 API RBI Property Editor


This icon accesses the API RBI Property Editor, see section 6.5 for a description of this option.

7.2.7 Inspection Category Table Editor


The Inspection Category Table Editor allows the user to edit the text description for the various inspection
methods for each type of damage.

1. The Inspection Type is selected from the drop down list

6. The category of inspection is selected from the category drop down list.
7. The information shown in the Intrusive and Non Intrusive Inspection fields changes based on the
Inspection Type of Category.
8. Changes made are saved by selecting Saved or the changes are cancelled by selecting Cancel.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 49 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.2.8 Fluid Designer


Fluid Designer is selected from the Fluid Designer icon from the toolbar. The Fluid Designer allows the
user to create custom fluids for use in the software. Creating a fluid with the Fluid Designer requires the
use of the new consequence model. When the Consequence Model flag is changed from Original to New,
fluid recipes are added to the database based on the original fluid composition, the Toxic Model and
Toxic Percent.

The database has been seeded with all of the fluids from the API RBI 3.3.3 software. These fluid
compositions may not be changed. These fluids can be used as a basis for new fluids by selecting the
edit function and saving the changes with a new fluid name.

1. To edit a fluid select the desired fluid from the dropdown list and press EDIT.
2. To add a fluid press ADD.
3. If you are editing a fluid, select the component you wish to change and select edit or delete.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 50 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

4. Then change the percent in the mixture, edit the Basis, Equation of State or fluid cost. If you wish to
add an additional component, you will need to edit the percentages for the other components first
before selecting the new component. The software will not allow you to exceed 100% and will scale
your mixture amounts to 100%.
5. If you are adding a new fluid then name the mixture and select its components and their percentages
in the mixture. As you select each component, press the ADD COMPONENT button to add it to the
fluid.The software will not allow you to exceed 100% and will scale your mixture amounts to 100%.
6. When all changes have been made press OK to save your changes.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 51 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.2.9 PRV Data


Toggle to switch between the PRV data and the Fixed Equipment data. The PRV navigation tree begins
at the PRV level.

7.2.10 Fixed Equipment RBI


Toggle to switch between the Fixed Equipment RBI data and the PRV RBI Data.

7.2.11 Administrator’s Guide


This Toolbar option presents The Administrator’s Guide in PDF format.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 52 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 53 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.2.12 User’s Guide


This Toolbar option presents The User’s Guide in PDF format.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 54 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.2.13 Help
This Toolbar option presents the Help file for the particular level of the Nav Tree where the user is
located.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 55 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.2.14 About
This Toolbar option presents the About logo, a list of the version information for all parts of the software.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 56 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.2.15 VCEDamge
This Toolbar option will launch the Equity Engineering Program VCEDamageMechanisms if it is present
on the user’s computer.

7.2.16 Backup MYSQL Databases


This Toolbar option will allow the user to backup their MYSQL databases located on the user’s computer..

This option only appears on a computer where the server tier of the software is installed using a MYSQL
database. Using this option, the software automatically performs maintenance and backup activites for
the MYSQL databases. These activities include database maintenance including a check of database
index files, recovery of database files if files are found to be lost or corrupt, an analyis of the database
tables for repair and optimization. A database backup is created from a zip of each database.
This maintenance is important because when Mysql is started, any database listed in the \data folder is
loaded into memory. This allows the user to switch between databases without shutting down Mysql. In
the API RBI application we take advantage of this ability with remote node. However since all of the
databases are loaded into memory, if the software shuts down unexpectedly, the data in all of the
databases is vunerable to being corrupted or lost. For this is the reason, performing maintenance and
backups for all databases is an important task.
In a typical user environment, there will be a limited number of databases available and this activity will
only take a short period of time. In the situation where the user has many databases, the
recommendation is to only keep the necessary databases in the \data folder and to move the other
folders to a separate folder structure to minimize the time required for this activity.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 57 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.3 Navigation Tree

7.3.1 Purpose
The navigation tree is the primary method to navigate through the data records. Data is organized by
Corporation-Plant-Unit, and then by equipment, and then by component.
Administrative Users of the software will see all of the corporations, plants, units available in the
database. Other users will only see the information relevant to their corporation, plant, or unit that was
specified when the user was created.

7.3.2 Available Forms and Actions


Different Forms and Actions are available at each level of the Navigation Tree from a right click. A
description of the forms available is contained in the subsequent sections of this document.
Actions available to the user from the Navigation Tree are copy, move, delete and rename.

Navigation Tree

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 58 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.3.2.1 Copy Unit, Equipment or Components can be copied from one plant to another plant even to a
different corporation, plant, unit combination. Copy will make a copy of all equipment,
components, damage forms, and inspection history records. Calculation results will not be
copied. It is not possible to copy to/from corporations with a different metric flag setting.
1. Highlight the Unit, Equipment or Component you would like to copy.
2. Hold down the CTRL key and then left mouse button and drag the equipment or component
to the new location. When copying a unit drag to the new plant level, when copying an
equipment drag it to the new unit, and when copying a component, drag it to the new
equipment. If you are copying a unit from one plant to another and a unit with the same name
exists in the new location, the equipment information will be merged with the existing
equipment. If you are copying an equipment or component and the name exists in the new
location, then will be amended to ensure data integrity. An alert box will appear to confirm the
copy request.
3. Release the right mouse key and then the CTRL key. The Copy will stay until the copy is
completed.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 59 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 60 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.3.2.2 Rename from the Navigation Tree - When Rename is selected, the user is prompted for a new
name. All references to the old name are replaced with the new name.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 61 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.3.2.3 Delete
• Delete from the Navigation Tree - For equipment and component deletes all information below the
level selected.
• Delete from the Navigation Tree For Corporations, Plants, or Units deletes all the information below
the level selected and if the entry deleted is the only instance left at that level, it also deletes the
levels above. Deleting the last unit from a plant for that Corporation deletes that corporation.
1. Highlight the item to be deleted.
2. Respond YES to the prompt.

3. Navigation Tree is updated.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 62 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.3.2.4 Move
To move a unit, equipment, or component.
1. Highlight the Unit, Equipment or Component

1
2. Hold down the right mouse and drag the item to its new location on the Navigation Tree.

3. Release the right mouse key and the item will move.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 63 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.3.3 STARTUP
• Upon start up the Navigation Tree displays the API RBI Logo screen.
• Single click navigates down the Navigation Tree and loads the appropriate data into the correct form
- singe click your corporation name to display the Corporation Table filled with data.
• Forms/Actions available from a right click at this level are Corporations, Corporation Table, Filter,
Import, Admin Tools, User Tools, Inspection Category Editor, Administrator’s Guide, User’s Guide,
Help, and About.
• Corporation opens the Corporation Form
• Corporation Table displays the table view for Corporation, Plant and Unit
• Remote Node allows data to be transferred between 2 databases see paragraph 7.2.1.
• Filter is the functionality to filter the database see paragraph 7.2.2
• Import API RBI Version 3.3.3 into Version 8.02 see paragraph 7.2.3
• Administrator Tools opens the Administrator’s Tool see paragraph 7.2..4
• User Tool opens the User Tools see paragraph 7.2.5
• Inspection Category Editor allows users to edit inspection descriptions see paragraph 7.2.7
• Administrator’s Guide is a PDF of that document see paragraph 7.2.11
• User’s Guide is a PDF of this document see paragraph 7.2.12
• Help Displays help information for specific Navigation Tree location see paragraph 7.2.13
• About displays the about information see paragraph 7.2.14

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 64 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.3.4 CORPORATION
• Single click navigates down the Navigation Tree. A double click loads the appropriate data into the
correct form - double click your corporation name will display the Corporation Form filled with data.
• Forms/Actions available from a right click at this level are Corporation, Rename, Delete, Help, About.
• Corporation presents the data for the current corporation. This form is used to display/edit preload
data for the management systems modification factor and global settings for the risk analysis and
inspection planning analysis
• Rename from the Navigation Tree - When Rename is selected, the user is prompted for a new
name. All references to the old name are replaced with the new name.
• Delete from the Navigation Tree For equipment and component deletes all information below the
level selected.
• Delete from the Navigation Tree For Corporations, Plants, or Units deletes all the information below
the level selected and if the entry deleted is the only instance left at that level, it also deletes the
levels above. Deleting the last unit from a plant for that Corporation deletes that corporation
• Help Displays this help information
• About displays the about information

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 65 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.3.5 PLANT
• Single click navigates down the Navigation Tree. A double click loads the appropriate data into the
correct form - double click your plant name will display the Corporation Form filled with data.
• Forms/Actions available from a right click at this level are Corporations, Rename, Delete, Help, and
About.
• Rename from the Navigation Tree - When Rename is selected, the user is prompted for a new
name. All references to the old name are replaced with the new name.
• Delete from the Navigation Tree For equipment and component deletes all information below the
level selected.
• Delete from the Navigation Tree For Corporations, Plants, or Units deletes all the information below
the level selected and if the entry deleted is the only instance left at that level, it also deletes the
levels above. Deleting the last unit from a plant for that Corporation deletes that corporation.
• Help Displays this help information
• About displays the about information

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 66 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.3.6 UNIT
• Single click navigates down the Navigation Tree. A double click loads the appropriate data into the
correct form - double click your unit name will display the Corporation Form filled with data.
• Forms/Actions available from a right click at this level are Batch Calc Filter, Corporation, Equipment,
Unit Settings, Global Component Settings, Reports ,Expand All, Collapse All , Import, View, Export,
Rename, Delete, Help, and About.
• Batch Calculate – Opens a form to specify the required information to perform a calculation on all
components in this unit.
• Corporation – Displays the Corporation Form for this particular Corporation-Plant-Unit location on the
Navigation Tree.
• Equipment – Create a new piece of equipment in this unit
• Unit Settings – Allows users to change default values used in the new consequence model.
• Global Component Settings – Allows user to edit the global values without changing the base set for
this unit and to apply them to all components in this unit.
• Reports – Opens the Report form
• Expand All – Displays all equipment and all components in this unit
• Find – Search for a component in this unit
• Collapse All – Only displays the unit name in this unit
• Import, View, and Export Spreadsheet – use the Excel based import/export tool to view and edit data
from the database
• Rename from the Navigation Tree - When Rename is selected, the user is prompted for a new
name. All references to the old name are replaced with the new name.
• Delete from the Navigation Tree For equipment and component deletes all information below the
level selected.
• Delete from the Navigation Tree For Corporations, Plants, or Units deletes all the information below
the level selected and if the entry deleted is the only instance left at that level, it also deletes the
levels above. Deleting the last unit from a plant for that Corporation deletes that corporation.
• Help Displays this help information
• About displays the about information

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 67 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.3.7 EQUIPMENT
• Single or double clicking loads an Equipment Form with data from the first piece of Equipment in the
list.
• Forms/Actions available from a right click at this level are Batch Calc, Component, Equipment,
Inventory Group Table, Reports, Rename, Delete, Help, and About.
• Batch Calculate – Opens a form to specify the required information to perform a calculation on all
components in this equipment.
• Component - Create a new component in this piece of equipment
• Equipment – Create a new piece of equipment in this unit
• Inventory Group Table - Table view of all inventory groups for this unit.
• Reports – Opens the Report form
• Rename from the Navigation Tree - When Rename is selected, the user is prompted for a new
name. All references to the old name are replaced with the new name.
• Delete from the Navigation Tree For equipment and component deletes all infomation below the level
selected.
• Help Displays this help information
• About displays the about information

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 68 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.3.8 COMPONENT
• Single or double clicking loads a Component Form with data from the first Component in the list.
• Forms/Actions available from a right click at this level are Batch Calculate, Batch Calc with Diag,
Component, Thinning & Linings, Cracking, External Damage, Brittle Fracture, HTHA, Mechanical
Fatigue, Component Data Table, Inspection History Table, Inspection Planning, Reports, Rename,
Delete, Help, About.
• Batch Calculate – Opens a form to specify the required information to perform a calculation for this
component.
• Batch Calculate With Diag– Opens a form to specify the required information to perform a calculation
for this component with varying levels of diagnostics..
• Component Create a new component in this piece of equipment
• Damage, Inspection, and Inspection Planning Forms
• Component Data Table – Contains application wide values for gff, minimum thicknesses, down
times, and failure costs for each of 4 hole sizes.
• Reports – Opens the Report form
• Rename from the Navigation Tree - When Rename is selected, the user is prompted for a new
name. All references to the old name are replaced with the new name.
• Delete from the Navigation Tree For equipment and component deletes all information below the
level selected.
• Help Displays this help information
• About displays the about information

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 69 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.4 Input Form/Table Format


Input forms have the following basic format. Each has a title block, blocks of data fields, and at the bottom
of the form action buttons. Forms may have multiple tabs, with each tab containing a group of data.

7.4.1 Data fields


Data fields have the following color format:
• Yellow fields are required input fields
• White fields are optional input fields
• Blue fields are for display only and contain either information entered on other forms or calculated
values.

7.4.2 Actions
Standard Action buttons are generally
• Save Data – Saves data to database, Pressing the SAVE button saves data on all tabs.
• Help – Displays form/table help,
• Delete – Deletes current record from database,
• Comments – Popup window for comments
• Next Record
• Previous Record

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 70 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Error checking - Any time a SAVE function is requested, the data on the form is validated for acceptable
type of data, if data is within the minimum/maximum range, and presence of required data. Validation
errors are returned on an Error Message reply.

If a user has changed a value on a form, and then attempts to move off of the form without saving the
change, the user is prompted to make a decision.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 71 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Help is provided for each form/table and for each individual field on a form or table. Field help contains
the field name, units for English and metric systems, help information, range of values.
• Form Help

• Field Help

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 72 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Comments can be added for any equipment, component, or damage record.

When comments have been saved, the comments button will appear white.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 73 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Damage Forms have additional actions


• What-If Flag – switches specific fields from calculated to input optional,
If the What-If flag is NO, then
What-If Flag = NO

Calculation is done from the Batch Calculate or Batch Calculate with Diag forms
• If the What-If flag is YES, then What-If Flag = YES

Fields switched
to accept input

Calculate Button

• Calculate – performs calculations based upon changes to What-If fields, however no changes are
saved to the database.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 74 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.4.3 Damage Factors


When a Damage Factor, DF, or a Total Damage Factor, Total DF, is reported on a damage form the
following definitions are followed.
DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on the specific damage
mechanism.
Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage
Mechanism. Based upon the following rule:
Tmsf_total= sum of ( tmsf for thinning & Equipment Linings + tmsf for External Corrosion & CUI + tmsf for
Brittle Fracture + tmsf for Cracking + tmsf for Mechanical Fatigue + tmsf for HTHA)
Where
Tmsf for Thinning & Linings = If tmsf for Linings is > 0 then use the minimum of the tmsf for Linings and
the tmsf for Thinning, Else use the tmsf for Thinning
Tmsf for External Corrosion & CUI is the sum of the tmsf for CUI Low Carbon + CUI Austenitic + External
Damage Low Carbon + External Damage Austenitic
Tmsf for Brittle Fracture is the sum of the tmsf for Low Temperature Brittle Fracture + Sigma + Temper
Embrittlement + 885 Embrittlement
Tmsf for Cracking is the maximum of the tmsf for all cracking mechanisms

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 75 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.5 Corporation Table


A table showing all the corporations, plants, and units and their descriptions, or just a selected one.

7.5.1 TABLE ACTIONS


FORM VIEW
1. Right Click on the row number to activate form edit for this record. From the Form Edit View, the
user can
2. edit the current record and click on OK or
3. cancel the edit with CANCEL.
4. Data entered in the Form Edit View is not validated until the SAVE button is clicked in the Table
View
CUT/PASTE
Row Data can be copy and pasted from/into tables. Simply highlight the row you wish to copy and press
CTRL-C. This places the data onto the clipboard. Move to the location for pasting. This can be any row in
the current table or you can move to a different component but the same table. Place the cursor into the
first cell and press CTRL-V and the data will be pasted. If you are at the last row of the table the data will
be appended to the table. If data is pasted into a different table than the original table, the program will
attempt to fit the data. Numerical field pasted to numerical fields will act normally. if the value being
pasted appears in the destination select list, if will be preserved. If the value being pasted is from a select
list and does not appear in the select list then the default value will be used. If the user wishes to just
copy and paste the contents of a cell, then the user needs to place the cursor inside the cell and highlight
its contents and then press CTRL-C. To paste the value put the cursor inside the cell and press CTRL-V.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 76 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

ADD ROW
1. Inserts a blank row into current table
2. Required fields are Corporation, Plant, Unit, and Metric_Flag.
SAVE
1. Required fields are Corporation, Plant, Unit, and Metric_Flag.
2. Note only the highlighted row will be saved upon selecting the Save Data button
3. Select Save Data button from the action panel
4. If data passes validation the New Corporation will be appended to the bottom of the list
5. If validation fails the user errors are immediately displayed in the error reply message
HELP
View this form help screen.
DELETE
Delete current Corporation from database

7.5.2 Field Help


Corporation_ID = The unique record identifier for the Corporation_Table required
Plant = The Plant Name required
Unit = The Unit Name required
Metric_Flag = Metric Flag indicates the Metric or English (US) unit in the database
(Y=Metric/N=English(US)) required
Corporation_Description = The Corporation Description

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 77 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.6 Corporation Form


This form shows data specific to a corporation. This form contains the field Metric Flag. This setting
specifies whether the specified unit has had input entered in the Metric or US Customary unit system.
Changing the Metric flag value will convert the entire unit from one unit system to the other.

7.6.1 FORM ACTIONS


SAVE
1. Required fields are Corporation, Plant, Unit, and Metric_Flag.
2. If data entered is validated, the edited Corporation will be added to the database.
3. If validation fails the user errors are immediately displayed in the error reply message
HELP
View this form help screen.
DELETE
Delete current Corporation from database

7.6.2 Field Help


Corporation_ID = The unique record identifier for the Corporation_Table required
Plant = The Plant Name required
Unit = The Unit Name required
Metric_Flag = Metric Flag indicates the Metric or English (US) unit in the database
(Y=Metric/N=English(US)) required
Corporation_Description = The Corporation Description

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 78 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.7 Batch Calculate


• Calculations done from this form do not generate diagnostic files.
• While calculations are in progress the Calculation in progress form appears.
• The user must not navigate to a different form until the Batch Calculate Filter screen is refreshed.
• Once calculations are complete the view returns to this form.
• The View Calc Report button shows a summary any errors from the calculations.
• The View Calc Message Report shows any error messages generated by the calculations

7.8 Calculation in Progress Form


This form appears while the program is calculating

Status Messages

Calculator status messages are displayed in the status bar. These messages show the user, status, and
unit being calculated.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide Page 79 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

This is the refreshed Batch Calc form after calculation is completed.

There are two reports available that give a status report on the requested calculations.

7.9 Calculator Status Report

7.10 Calc Message Report

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 80 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.11 Batch Calculate Filter with Diag


• Level of diagnostics is selected with the YL dropdown YL1 generates the smallest diagnostics files
while YL4 generates the largest. The diagnostic levels ending in ME indicate that the input is in
Metric units while the diagnostic files will be in US Customary.
• Plot generation is controlled with a Yes/No flag
• While calculations are in progress the Calculation in progress form appears.
• The user must not navigate to a different form until the Batch Calculate Filter screen is refreshed.
• Once calculations are complete the view returns to this form.

7.12 Refreshed Batch Calculate Filter Form


This form appears when calculations are completed. The VIEW CALC REPORT button will present a
report on the calculations completed listed by component. The VIEW CALC MESSAGE REPORT will list
all errors or warnings from the calculator.

View Plots View Diag

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 81 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

• View Diag – review diagnostic files generated by calculator, number and level of diagnostics is
determined by the Diagnostic Type field,

• View Plots – review plots generated by the calculator. Plots may be produced as line, pie and bar
plots. The next and previous buttons may be used to move from component to component to view plots.
1. Risk at current date

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 82 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

2. Risk at future date no inspection

3. DF at current date

4. DF at future date no inspection

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 83 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.13 Equipment Form


A form showing all data specific to a piece of Equipment. Available Equipment Types are:
• Pipe,
• Tube/NS Pipe,
• Vessel/Finfan,
• Heat Exchanger,
• Compressor,
• Pump,
• Tank 650
• PRD Equipment
Once components have been added to a piece of equipment, the equipment type cannot be changed.

7.13.1 FORM ACTIONS


SAVE
4. Required fields are Equipment Name, Design Code, Detection System, Mitigation System.
5. If data entered is validated, the edited Corporation will be added to the database.
6. If validation fails the user errors are immediately displayed in the error reply message
HELP
View this form help screen.
DELETE
Delete current Equipment from the database

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 84 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

COMMENTS
Comments can be added for any equipment, component, or damage record. When comments have been
saved, the comments button will appear white.

7.13.2 FIELD HELP - EQUIPMENT


Equipment = The user name for this piece of Equipment, required
Equipment_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input)
Equipment_Type = Equipment Type (Such as Vessel\Finfan, Heat Exchanger, Pipe, Tube, Pump,
Compressor, Tank650, PRD Equipment) Required
Asset_Identifier = The Corporate Asset Identifier assigned to this Equipment
Equipment_Start_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) The Computed Service Start Date, typically the
commissioning date of the unit (See the API RBI Risk Matrix in Figure B-1 of the BRD)
Design_Code = Construction Code (Such as ASME BPV Code Section VIII Div 1 and ASME B31.3)
required
Tank_DMFH = (ft : m) Tank Design Fill Height- API 650 Tanks only
Design_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Design Pressure can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Pressure
depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Pressure represents the Shellside
Pressure, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE,
then Design Pressure represents Tubeside Pressure. Design Pressure is only used in calculations if
Operating Pressure is not provided.
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
MDMT = (°F : °C) Minimum Design Metal Temperature (MDMT) can represent either Tubeside or
Shellside values depending on Equipment Type. MDMT will represent Shellside values ONLY WHEN
Equipment Type = Heat Exchanger (Optional Input)
Calculated MDMT = (°F : °C) Calculated Minimum Design Metal Temperature (MDMT)
Tube_Side_Design_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Tubeside Design Pressure for Equipment Type = Heat
Exchanger and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. Design Pressure is only used in calculations if
Operating Pressure is not provided.
Tube_Side_Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Tubeside Design Temperature for Equipment Type = Heat
Exchanger and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. Design Temperature is only used in
calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Calculated TubeSide MDMT = (°F : °C) Calculated Minimum Design Metal Temperature (MDMT)
Detection_System = Detection System (A, B, or C -- default) A = Instrumentation designed specifically to
detect material losses by changes in operating conditions (loss of pressure or flow) in the system; B =
suitably located detectors to determine when the material is present outside the pressure-containing
envelope; C = Visual dection, cameras, or detectors with marginal coverage required
Mitigation_System = Mitigation System (Such as Inventory Blowdown, Foam Spray System, and Fire
Water options) required
Outage_Mult = The Equipment Outage Multiplier, applied to the Outage Factors in the Component Data
Table (Optional Input)
Number_Of_Courses = Number of Tank Courses API 650 Tanks only
Tank_Course_Height =(ft : m) Height of Course API 650 Tanks only
Tank_Nominal_Diameter = (ft: m) Diamter of Tank API 650 Tanks only
Equipment_Vapor_Volume = (ft3 : m3) The value for Equipment Vapor Volume computed as the sum of
the component vapor volumes
Equipment_Liquid_Volume = (ft3 : m3) The computed value for Equipment Liquid Volume defined as the
sum of the component liquid volumes
Fluid Mass = (lbm : kg) Sum of the component fluid mass
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide Page 85 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.14 Unit Settings


This form allows users to change default values used in the new consequence model.

7.14.1 FORM ACTIONS


SAVE
1. Required fields are. Liquid_Discharge_Coefficient , Vapor_Discharge_Coefficient,
Flammable_Concentration_Tot ,Calculation_Steps, Ave_Flam_Calc_Time, Ave_Toxic_Calc_Time,
Tolerance_Toxic_Conc, Max_Elevation_Evaluate_Conc
2. If data entered is validated, the edited Corporation will be added to the database.
3. If validation fails the user errors are immediately displayed in the error reply message
HELP
View this form help screen.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 86 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.14.2 FIELD HELP UNIT SETTINGS - GENERAL


Atmospheric_Stability_Class = Atmospheric Stability Class. (Default = 4.0)
Surface_Roughness = (ft : m) Surface Roughness Parameter for Cloud Dispersion. For typical process
plants, the surface roughness parameter is 0.1. (Default = 0.1) - (optional)
Wind_Velocity = (mph:kph) Ambient Wind Velocity. (Default = 8)- (optional)
Reference_Wind_Height = Reference Elevation for Wind Velocity. (Default = 6) - (optional)
Elevation_Of_Release = (ft : m) Elevation of Release. (Default = 0.0) - (optional)
Ambient_Pressure = (psi : kPa) Ambient Pressure. (Default = 14.696) - (optional)
Ambient_Temperature = (°F : °C) Ambient Temperature. (Default = 70) - (optional)
Ambient_Relative_Humidity = (% : %) Ambient Relative Humidity. (Default = 75) - (optional)
Probit_Limit_For_Damage = Probit Value for Fatalities and Equipment damage used in Consequence
Effect Modeling. (Default = 5.0)- (optional)
Radiation_Limit_Personnel = (Btu/hr-ft² : W/m²) Thermal Radiation Limit for Fatalities. (Default = 4000.0)
- (optional)
Radiation_Limit_Equipment = (Btu/hr-ft² : W/m²) Thermal Radiation Limit for Equipment Damage.
(Default = 12000.0)- (optional)
Pool_Surface_Diffusivity = (ft²/s : m²/s) Surface Thermal Diffusivity used for Pool Interaction. Typical
value for concrete is 4.48E-6. (Default = 4.48E-6) - (optional)
Pool_Surface_Thermal_Conduct = (Btu/hr-ft/F:W/m-C)Surface Thermal Conductivity used for Pool
Interaction. Typical value for concrete is 0.532. (Default = 0.532)- (optional)
Pool_Surface_Roughness = Surface Roughness Parameter for Pool Interaction. Typical value for
concrete is 1.0. (Default = 1.0)- (optional)
Block_Admin = Flag for Block Valves. Enter YES if there are plant administrative controls on block valves
to protect against inadvertant closing, to protect against casuing an overpressure demand. (Default = NO)

7.14.3 FIELD HELP UNIT SETTINGS – SOLUTION CONTROL


Liquid_Discharge_Coefficient = Crack Liquid Discharge Coefficent. (Default = 0.65)- (optional)
Vapor_Discharge_Coefficient = Crack Vapor Discharge Coefficent. (Default = 0.975)- (optional)
Flammable_Concentration_Tot = (%:%)Tolerance for Flammable Concentration in Cloud, %
Calculation_Steps = Number of intermediate calculation steps for the cloud dispersion analyis. (Default =
2)- (optional)
Ave_Flam_Calc_Time = (sec:sec) Concentration Averaging Time for Flammable Release Case. (Default
= 10.0)- (optional)
Ave_Toxic_Calc_Time = (sec:sec) Concentration Averaging Time for Toxic Release Case. (Default =
1800.0) - (optional)
Tolerance_Toxic_Conc = (%:%) Tolerance for Toxic Concentration in Cloud, %
Max_Elevation_Evaluate_Conc = (ft:m) Maximum Elevation for Evaluating the Cloud Dispersion. (Default
= 500.0)- (optional)

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 87 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.15 Global Component Settings


This form contains the preloaded management systems modification factor and global settings for the risk
analysis and inspection planning analysis, which can be varied by component. Changes made to Global
Component Settings in this form effect all future components created in this Corporation. Fields that are
made blank or if <NO APPLY> is chosen from a select list then this data will not be changed. Changing
the Consequence Model flag from Original to New, causes the creation of new fluids to represent the
fluids, Toxic Model and Toxic Percent for each component.

7.15.1 FORM ACTIONS


SAVE
1. If data entered is validated, the edited Global Component Setting will be added to the database.
These changes are not applied to any exising componens but will be used for all new components.
2. If validation fails the user errors are immediately displayed in the error reply message
APPLY
Apply the settings shown to all components but do not save these changes to the defaults set.
HELP
View this form help screen.
CLEAR ALL
Clear all input items from input fields.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 88 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.15.2 FIELD HELP


Consequence Model = Flag to indicate if ORIGINAL or NEW consequence model is to be used. Default =
ORIGINAL
RBI_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) The Date the RBI Analysis was performed
Available_External_Environment = The Environmental Driver for External Corrosion required.
Management_Factor = The Management System Modification Factor (MSMF); MSMF can be specified
(with an input value ranging from 0.1 to 100) or computed if not specified. The Computed value of MSMF
is based on the Management Systems Evaluation Score (MS_SCORE) from Figure 8-5 in the BRD
Management_Score = Score on the Management Systems Evaluation (MS_SCORE) (Optional Input with
a default value = 0.0)
Population_Density = (person/ft² : person/m²) Population Density, Global Setting for all Components in
this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a Default value = 0.0001)
Inspection_Option = There are two Inspection Options, Date and Plan. DATE derives an Inspection Date
based on the specified inspection information, while PLAN derives an inspection plan based on the
specified inspection Date required
Plan_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) The Global Settings field for Inspection Plan Date. There are
two Inspection Options, Date and Plan. DATE derives an Inspection Date based on the specified
inspection information. PLAN derives an inspection plan based on the specified inspection Date. For
Component_Type = HEXTUBE (Tube Bundle) only the plan option is available.
Changes to this field on this form change the value shown on the Inspection Planning Form.
Injury_Cost = ($ :$) The Cost for a Personnel Injury, Global Setting for all Components in this Unit
(Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default value of 2,000,000.0)
Environmental_Cost = ($/day :$/day) The Cost associated with Environmental Cleanup, Global Setting
for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default
value = 0.0)
Equipment_Cost = ($/ft² : $/m²) The Cost for Affected Area, Global Setting for all Components in this Unit
(Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with default value = 550.0)
Production_Cost = ($/day : $/day) The Cost associated with Production Loss, Global Setting for all
Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default value
= 100,000.0)
Inspection_Plan_Basis = Option Flag to indicate the basis for the risk measure to be used in determining
the next Inspection date Financial Risk (default) or Area Risk. For Equipment_Type = Tank650 or
Component_Type = Hextube, only Financial analysis is done.
Area_Risk_Target = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The Global Settings field for the Target Area Risk (the area risk for
establishing a future inspection date); Target Area Risk is only used if the Inspection_Plan_Basis = area.
The Target Area Risk set in the Global Settings Form is the default value. Required if inspection plan
basis is area
Financial_Risk_Target = ($/year :$/year) The Global Settings field for the Target Financial Risk (the
financial risk for establishing a future inspection date); Target Financial Risk is only used if the
Inspection_Plan_Basis = Financial (Risk Flag indicates the basis of risk measure to be used in
determining the next inspection). The Target Financial Risk set in the Global Settings Form is the default
value. Required if inspection plan basis is financial
Bundle_Financial_Risk_Target = ($/year) User bundle financial risk tolerance. This value is used to
determine the target date, i.e. the date where the calculated bundle risk exceeds the financial risk target.
Max_Insp_Int = (yrs : yrs) Maximum Inspection Interval (default = 10 years) is used as an Upper Bound
to the computed Inspection Interval (Optional Input) For Component_Type=HEXTUBE, the maximum
inspection Interval = 25 years.
Cracking_Inspection_Date = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Date of Cracking Inspection
Turn_Around_Date_1 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 1 For
Component_Type=HEXTUBE, this value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to make economic
inspection and bundle replacement decisions.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide Page 89 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Turn_Around_Date_2 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 2 For


Component_Type=HEXTUBE, this value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to make economic
inspection and bundle replacement decisions.
DF_Target = Damage Factor Target

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 90 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.16 Reports
This form lists the available reports for the software. Data included in the report is a function of the level
on the Navigation Tree. If Reports are selected at the Corporation level more data records are included
than if the report is requested at the equipment level, when only data for that equipment is listed in the
report. Reports have been grouped according to their purpose. Groups are all, bundle, consequence,
damage, inspection planning and risk, tank.

Reports can be viewed and/or exported into MS Excel.


1. Double click on the name of the report you would like to export.
2. Click on Export Report

2. Specify a location for the file.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 91 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.16.1 Bundle Damage Modifier

7.16.2 Bundle Financial

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 92 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 93 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.16.3 Bundle Materials

7.16.4 Bundle Process

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 94 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 95 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.16.5 Bundle Risk

7.16.6 Check Number of Inspections

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 96 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 97 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.16.7 Check Thckness

7.16.8 Consequence

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 98 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.16.9 Corrosion Rate

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 99 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.16.10 Cracking Susceptibility

7.16.11 Damage Report

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 100 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.16.12 Design & Operating Conditions

7.16.13 HIC SOHIC

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 101 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.16.14 Import

7.16.15 Inspection Due Date – Date Option


This will only show components which have been calclulated with the Date option selected.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 102 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.16.16 Inspection Due Date –Plan Option


This will only show components which have been calclulated with the Plan option selected.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 103 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.16.17 Insulated Operating Temperature

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 104 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.16.18 Inventory Group

7.16.19 Number of Thinning History

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 105 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.16.20 Probability

7.16.21 Recommended Inspections

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 106 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.16.22 Risk

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 107 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.16.23 Risk Matrix Report


The Risk Matrix Report summarizes the risk data in the following 3 categories:
• Area Risk at Current Date
• Area Risk at Future Date with out Inspections
• Area Risk at Future Date with Inspections
This report will only show components calculated with the Inspection Plan Basis = Area Risk

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 108 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.16.24 Risk Matrix Financial Report


The Risk Matrix Report summarizes the risk data for components calculated with the Inspection Plan
Basis = Financial Risk in the following 3 categories:
• Financial Risk at Current Date
• Financial Risk with no Inspections
• Financial Risk with Inspections
Since the area consequence values are not available, financial breakpoints must be provided.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 109 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.16.25 Risk Mechanism

7.16.26 Risk Summary

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 110 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.16.27 Tank Details

7.16.28 Tank Inventory Group

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 111 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.16.29 Tank Bottom Supplement

7.16.30 Thinning Mechanism

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 112 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.16.31 Thinning Type Local

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 113 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.16.32 Toxic

7.16.33 Fluids

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 114 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.16.34 Inspection History Report

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 115 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.16.35 Materials

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 116 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.17 Find
This is a search for a component from the Navigation Tree. This is a single time operation. There is no
find next.
1. Select Find from the right click menu at the unit level.

2. Enter the search string. Options are : Equals, Contains, Starts With, Ends With

3. Select Search and the navigation tree will be expanded and the first match will be selected.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 117 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.18 Import/Export Spreadsheet


The import and export facility for API RBI is designed to allow users to move data out of the database,
amend the data, and reinsert the data back into the database. The tool is accessed from the APIRBI
application from a right click at the unit level on the Navigation Tree. The application also requires the
user to enable Macros and Visual Basic Projects in MS Excel.

The software has a default configuration for the export of Fixed Equipment, Tanks, PRVs, Heat
Exchanger Bundles, and Supplemental damage forms.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 118 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Once a configuration has been selected the export begins.

When the export is complete, the time required is shown as well as the ok button.

To view the exported data, select view spreadsheet.

The spreadsheet will open after a few seconds to display the data. For the fixed equipment there is a
spreadsheet for the basic data in the Basic sheet, information for each type of damage is included on
individual sheets.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 119 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

To import data, use the rbiexport.xls spreadsheet to add your data. Each sheet must have Corporation,
Plant, Unit, Metric Flag, Equipment, Equipment Type, Component, and Component Type in each row.
Select lists are available for data items that have several prescribed selections. When you have
completed your edits/additions, save and close the spreadsheet and then select Import Spreadsheet.
Data will only be imported from RBIExport.xls.

If there are errors in the data imported, the software will attempt to complete the import and then report
any errors into an RBIError.xls spreadsheet. The row containing the erroneous data is painted yellow
while the specific cell is painted green. A comment is added to the cell that contains the error message.

Each sheet in the spreadsheet is independent. If you are not changing any data on a particular sheet you
can delete that sheet. Do not delete the sheet named TransSheet. The top 3 rows are hidden and you
cannot insert columns into the spreadsheet. If you are changing date information, prefix the date with a ‘
mark to maintain the API RBI Date format of YYYY-MM-DD.

The import process produces an input file for each row on each sheet. If you are importing a significant
number of components, the process may take some time.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 120 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.19 Inventory Group Table


A table showing all Inventory Groups defined in the unit. Inventory Groups are a collection of equipment
that can be remotely isolated from other sections of the plant in an emergency situation. Components are
added to an Inventory Group from the Component Form. Inventory Group select list. Heat Exchanger
Bundles are not included in Inventory Groups.

7.19.1 TABLE ACTIONS


FORM VIEW
1. Right Click on the row number to activate form edit for this record. From the Form Edit View, the
user can
2. edit the current record and click on OK or
3. cancel the edit with CANCEL.
4. Data entered in the Form Edit View is not validated until the SAVE button is clicked in the Table
View
CUT/PASTE
Row Data can be copy and pasted from/into tables. Simply highlight the row you wish to copy and press
CTRL-C. This places the data onto the clipboard. Move to the location for pasting. This can be any row in
the current table or you can move to a different component but the same table. Place the cursor into the
first cell and press CTRL-V and the data will be pasted. If you are at the last row of the table the data will
be appended to the table. If data is pasted into a different table than the original table, the program will
attempt to fit the data. Numerical field pasted to numerical fields will act normally. If the value being
pasted appears in the destination select list, if will be preserved. If the value being pasted is from a select
list and does not appear in the select list then the default value will be used. If the user wishes to just
copy and paste the contents of a cell, then the user needs to place the cursor inside the cell and highlight
its contents and then press CTRL-C. To paste the value put the cursor inside the cell and press CTRL-V.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 121 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

ADD ROW
1. Inserts a blank row into current table
2. Required fields are Inventory Group and Isolation Method
SAVE
1. Required fields are Inventory Group and Isolation Method
2. Note only the highlighted row will be saved upon selecting the Save Data button
3. Select Save Data button from the action panel
4. If data passes validation the New Inventory Group will be added to the database
5. If validation fails the user errors are immediately displayed in the error reply message
HELP
View this form help screen.
DELETE
Delete current Inventory Group data from database

7.19.2 FIELD HELP


Inventory_Group = The Inventory Group Name describing the group collectively. Inventory Groups are a
collection of equipment that can be remotely isolated from other sections of the plant in an emergency
situation. Required
Isolation = Isolation System [A,B, or C (C is the default)] A – Isolation or shutdown systems activated
directly from process instrumentation or detectors, with no operator intervention. B – Isolation or
shutdown systems activated by operators in the control room or other suitable locations remote from the
leak. C – Isolation dependent on manually operated valves. Required
InvGrp_Liquid_Mass = (lbm : kg) Inventory Group Liquid Mass (lbm : kg)
Inventory_Group_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input)
Inventory_Group_Vapor_Volume = (ft3 : m3) Inventory Group Vapor Volume (Ft3) is used In the
Consequence Analysis and is computed based on the Total Equipment Vapor Volumes of all
Components in the Inventory Group
Inventory_Group_Liquid_Volume = (ft3 : m3) Inventory Group Liquid Volume Is used In the
Consequence Analysis and is computed based on the Total Equipment Liquid Volumes of all
Components in the Inventory Group
InvGrp_Est_Vapor_Volume = (ft3 : m3) Estimated Inventory Group Vapor Volume (Ft3:m3)
InvGrp_Est_Liquid_Volume = (ft3 : m3) Estimated Inventory Group Liquid Volume (Ft3:m3)
InvGrp_Est_Liquid_Mass = (lbm : kg) Estimated Inventory Group Liquid Mass (lbm : kg)

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 122 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.20 Component Form


All data relevant to a Component. There are specific component forms for Tube Bundles and for Tanks.

7.20.1 GENERAL TAB

7.20.1.1 FIELD HELP – GENERAL


Flow_Order_No = Process Flow Order Number (Optional Input)
Component = The user name for this Component
Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input)
Component_Type = The Component Type of the Component based upon the Equipment_Type
Component_Start_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd : yyyy-mm-dd) The Service Start Date, typically the
commissioning date of the unit
Specified_Tmin = (in : mm) An analyst specified minimum required Wall Thickness (TMIN-Specified).
The TMIN-Specified input is used in all calculations when a value GT 0 is entered (Optional Input)

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 123 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Calculated_Tmin = (in : mm) A computed minimum required Wall Thickness (TMIN-Calculated) used in
all other calculations where the TMIN-Specified value is 0
Allowable_Stress = (psi : Mpa) The computed Component Allowable Stress
Calculated MAWP = (psig : Mpa) Maximum Allowable Working Pressure Based On The Current
Thickness
TubeSide Calculated MAWP = (psig : Mpa) Maximum Allowable Working Pressure Based On The
Current Thickness
Weld_Joint_Effy = The Component Weld Joint Efficiency or Area Factor for B31.8. The default value is
0.85 (Optional Input)
Calculated Weld_Joint_Effy = The Component Weld Joint Efficiency or Area Factor for B31.8. The
default value is 0.85 (Optional Input)
PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT)
Insulation = Option Flag to indicate external insulation
Heat_Tracing = Option Flag to indicate Heat Tracing (equipment is steam-traced or electric-traced – e.g.
for freeze protection)
Geometry_Type = A Component Geometry Type that is applicable, but limited to a given Equipment
Type. Component Types include Cylinder, Elbow, Sphere, Hemi-Head, Elliptical Head, Torispherical
Head, Conical Shell, or Nozzle
Bend_Radius = (in : mm) The Bend Radius for Elbows or Pipe Bend. The Bend Radius is (1.5 x
Component Diameter) when Component Type = “ELBOW” or “PIPE BEND,” otherwise Bend Radius is set
to 0
Cone_Angle = (Deg : Deg) The Half-Apex Angle of the Conical Shell. The Half-Apex Angle of the
Conical Shell is 30 when Component Type is = TOR (Torispherical), otherwise it is set to a default of 0.
Half-Apex Angle of the Conical Shell must be LT 30
Crown_Radius = (in : mm) The Torispherical Head Crown Radius is used to compute a Wall Thickness.
The Torispherical Head Crown Radius is only required when Component Type is = TOR (Torispherical),
otherwise it is set to a default of 0. Torispherical Head Crown Radius must be GT the Component
Diameter and GT the Knuckle Radius
Diameter_InnerDiameter = (in : mm) A required entry for Component Diameter used to compute a Wall
Thickness. The Outside Diameter is used for Piping, while the Inside Diameter is used for all other
Component Types
Head_Major_To_Minor_Ratio = The Elliptical Head Major-To-Minor Axis Ratio is used to compute a Wall
Thickness. The Elliptical Head Major-To-Minor Axis Ratio is 2 when Component Type = ELLIPTICAL,
otherwise it is set to a default of 0.0
Knuckle_Radius = (in : mm) The Torispherical Head Knuckle Radius is used to compute a Wall
thickness. The Torispherical Head Knuckle Radius is only required when Component Type is =
Torispherical, otherwise it is set to a default of 0. Torispherical Head Knuckle Radius must be GT
0.06*Component Diameter
Length = (in : mm) Component length that is used to compute the component volume. (Optional Input)
Nominal_Diameter = (in : mm) Nominal Diameter is used only in conjunction with Furnished Nominal
Thickness. If the appropriate Furnished Nominal Thickness and Nominal Diameter are input, then
Furnished Thickness and Component Diameter will be determined. It is a required input if Furnished
Thickness = 0.0 (not specified) and Furnished Nominal Thickness is specified from choice list
Furnished_Thk = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. The Furnished Thickness is the
total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal
Thickness must be specified. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both
specified, then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations
The default value is 1.0
Nominal_Thickness = (in :mm) Furnished Nominal Thickness Excluding Designation. If specified, this
Thickness Designation will be used to determine Furnished Thickness. Either Furnished Thickness or
Furnished Nominal Thickness must be specified. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal
Thickness are both specified, then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 124 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Corrosion_Allow = (in : mm) The thickness allotted to account for corrosion. (Optional Input)
Default_Matl_Mult = Base Material Cost Multiplier relative to Carbon Steel. The default value is 1.0
BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected
BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected
BM_Year = Base Material Year based on the Construction Code selected
BM_UNS = Base Material UNS based on the Construction Code selected
BM_CCT = Base Material Class Condition Temper based on the Construction Code selected
BM_S_T = Base Material Size/Thickness based on the Construction Code selected
BM_GM = Base Material Generic Material Classification
Furnished_Cladding_Thk = (in :mm) The Furnished Cladding or Overlay Thickness is the total Wall
Thickness at the time of equipment installation (Optional Input)
CM_Spec = Cladding/Overlay Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected
CM_Grade = Cladding/Overlay Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected
CM_Year = Cladding/Overlay Material Year based on the Construction Code selected
CM_UNS = Cladding/Overlay Material UNS based on the Construction Code selected
CM_CCT = Cladding/Overlay Material Class Condition Temper based on the Construction Code selected
CM_S_T = Cladding/Overlay Material Size/Thickness based on the Construction Code selected
CM_GM = Base Material Generic Material Classification
Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input)
Available_Inventory_Group = List of available Inventory_Group names for selection in the Component
Form
Area = Grouping field

7.20.1.2 Inventory Groups


• Component must be assigned to an Inventory Group.
• Available Inventory Groups are displayed in the select list of already created Inventory Groups.
• When the Create Inventory Group hyperlink all of the inventory groups are shown in a table format.
• A new group can be created by using the Add Row button and adding the required data.
• Data can be modified for an existing inventory group by selecting the row and changing the data.
Caution if the data on the form is changed, but the name of the inventory group is not changed then,
all components assigned to this inventory group have had data changed also.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 125 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.20.1.3 CHOICE LIST DEPENDENCIES


• The permissible Component Types are a function of the Equipment Type Table 1.
• The permissible Geometry Types are a function of the Equipment Type Table 2.
• The geometry parameters that are listed on the component form are a function of Equipment Type
and the Geometry Type are a function of the Equipment Type Table 3.

Table 1 Permissible Component Types for Each Equipment Type


TUBE/NS HEAT PRD
PIPE VESSEL COMPRESSOR PUMP TANK 650
PIPE EXCHANGER Equipment
PIPE-1 PIPE-1 COLTOP HEXSS COMPC PUMP1S TANKBOTTOM PIPE-1
PIPE-2 PIPE-2 COLMID HEXTS COMPR PUMP2S COURSE 1 – 10 PIPE-2
PIPE-4 PIPE-4 COLBTM HEXTUBE --- PUMPR PIPE-4
PIPE-6 PIPE-6 DRUM --- --- --- --- PIPE-6
PIPE-8 PIPE-8 FILTER --- --- --- --- PIPE-8
PIPE-10 PIPE-10 FINFAN --- --- --- --- PIPE-10
PIPE-12 PIPE-12 KODRUM --- --- --- --- PIPE-12
PIPE-16 PIPE-16 REACTOR --- --- --- --- PIPE-16
PIPE
PIPE GT 16 --- --- --- --- --- PIPE GT 16
GT 16
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- COLMID
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- DRUM
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- REACTOR
Notes:
The Component Type is used to determine parameters stored in the Component Form, these parameters are sent to the
FORTRAN calculation routine
Note that Equipment Type=PIPE BEND has been deleted, a pipe bend or elbow is now address by using Equipment
Type=PIPE with Geometry Type=ELB

Table 2 Permissible Geometry Types for Each Equipment Type


TUBE/NS PRD
PIPE VESSEL/FINFAN HEAT EXCHANGER COMPRESSOR PUMP TANK 650
PIPE EQUIPMENT
CYL CYL CYL CYL CYL CYL CYL CYL
ELB ELB ELB ELB --- --- PLATE-
--- --- SPH SPH --- --- ---
--- --- HEM HEM --- --- ---
--- --- ELL ELL --- --- ---
--- --- TOR TOR --- --- ---
--- --- CON CON --- --- ---
--- --- NOZ NOZ --- --- ---
Notes:
The Component Type is used to determine parameters stored in the Component Form, these parameters are sent to the
FORTRAN calculation routine

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 126 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Table 3 Geometry Parameters based on Equipment Type and Geometry Type


Equipment Type
Geometry
Type TUBE/N HEAT PRD
PIPE VESSEL COMPRESSOR PUMP TANK 650
S PIPE EXCHANGER EQUIPMENT
Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter(ID)
Diameter (ID) Diameter (ID)
(OD) (ID) (ID) (ID) (ID) Length
CYL Length Length
Length Length Length Length Height Volume
Volume Volume
Volume Volume Volume Volume Volume
Diameter Diameter Diameter
Diameter (ID)
(OD) (ID) (ID) ---
ELB Length --- --- ---
Length Length Length
Volume
Volume Volume Volume
Diameter ---
Diameter (ID)
SPH --- --- (ID) --- --- ---
Volume
Volume
Diameter ---
Diameter (ID)
HEM --- --- (ID) --- --- ---
Volume
Volume
Diameter ---
Diameter (ID)
(ID)
Major-to-
Major-to-
ELL --- --- Minor Axis --- --- ---
Minor Axis
Ratio
Ratio
Volume
Volume
Diameter ---
(ID) Diameter (ID)
Crown Crown Radius
TOR --- --- Radius (IR) ---- --- ---
(IR) Knuckle
Knuckle Volume
Volume
Diameter ---
(ID) Diameter (ID)
Length Length
CON --- --- --- --- ---
Cone Cone Angle
Angle Volume
Volume
Diameter ---
Diameter (ID)
(ID)
NOZ --- --- Length --- --- ---
Length
Volume
Volume
PLATE --- --- --- --- --- --- Diameter ---

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 127 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.20.1.4 SELECTING BASE AND/OR CLADDING MATERIALS


1. If Thickness is Input a Base Material Must Be Selected
2. Select the Get BM Matl. Button to Access the Materials DataBase
3. Design Code MUST Match Equipment Design Code
4. Select Specific Material From the BM Design Code List Click OK
5. Base Material Has to be Saved and Refreshed before the Material:Base Field Elements will be
Updated
6. Base Material must be added before a cladding material is added.
7. Selecting a Cladding Material uses the Same Procedure as Selecting a Base Material

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 128 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.20.2 GENERAL TAB – TUBE BUNDLE

7.20.2.1 FIELD HELP – TUBE BUNDLE


Flow_Order_No = Process Flow Order Number (Optional Input)
Component = The user name for this Component
Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input)
Component_Type = The Component Type of the Component based upon the Equipment_Type
Activate = Option to utilize this bundle's data as part of pof/weibull calculation. In most cases, this flag
should be set to Yes, however, there are some cases where a specific bundle's inspection history is not
usable and therefore should not become part of the reliability database.
Bundle_Status = Select active or inactive. Active Bundles are those bundles currently in service. All
calculations are provided for active bundles. Inactive bundles are past bundles that have been removed
from service. These bundles appear on the navigation tree, however, risk calculations are not performed
for these bundles. Failure data for these bundles are included in the local reliability database and form the
basis for the pof/weibull calculations.Note that the local reliability database can be supplemented with a
seed database. Access to the seed database is controlled by the user's licensing options for the program.
Bundle_Install_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd : yyyy-mm-dd) The Date the bundle was installed in the exchanger.
Note that this is the install date for the active bundle not necessarily the original install date for the
exchanger.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 129 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Exchanger_Type = Type of service for Bundle. Select from: Comp Discharge & Interstage Coolers,
HSRG/Waste Heat Boiler, HT Feed/Effluent Exchanger, Liquid Steam Heater, Liquid/Liquid Heat
Exchanger, Lube Oil/Seal Oil Exchanger, Process Liquid Water Cooler, Product Cooler, Reheater, Steam
Generator, Steam Reboiler, Vapor Condenser, Vapor Cooler, Vapor Steam Heater, Vaporizer,
Vapor/Vapor Heat Exchanger
Orientation = Select heat exchanger orientation: horizontal or vertical
TEMA_Type = Select type of TEMA Heat Exchanger. Select type of TEMA Heat Exchanger. Select from:
Unknown, AEL, AES, AET, AEU, AGS, AGU, AHS, AHU, AJS, AJU, AKT, AKU, BEM, BEU, BFU, BJU,
BKU, BXU, CEN, CEU, CFU, NEN, NKN, Brown Fintube, Plate & Frame
Shell Diameter = (in:mm) Diameter of Shell. This value along with tube length and tube metallurgy is used
to estimate the cost of the tube bundle if bundle cost is not entered on the component setting tab.
Number_Of_Passes = Number of tubeside passes.
Tube_Type = Type of Tube used in bundle Options are: Plain, Internal Finned Tube, External Finned
Tube, Twisted Tube
Tube_Quantity = Number of tubes. Note for U-tube bundles this is the number of straight tubes, (ie
number of holes in the tubesheet.)
Tube OD = (in : mm) Outside Diameter of Tubes
Length = (ft : M) Component length that is used to compute the component volume. (Optional Input) See
Geometry Parameters for more details For tube bundles (component_type = HEXTUBE) enter the straight
length of the tube. This value along with shell diameter and tube metallurgy is used to estimate the cost of
the tube bundle if bundle cost is not entered on the component setting tab.
Tube_Coating = Select the location of any tube coatings. This is only used as a matching criteria for the
reliability databases. Select from: None, ID, OD, Both
U-Tube PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) For tube bundles,
component_type = HEXTUBE, this is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases.
Furnished_Thickness = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. The Furnished Thickness is
the total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal
Thickness must be specified. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both
specified, then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations For component_type = HEXTUBE,
use the table below and enter the tube thickness. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability
databases.
BWG Thickness (in.) Thickness (mm)
8 0.165 4.191
10 0.134 3.404
11 0.120 3.048
12 0.109 2.769
13 0.095 2.413
14 0.083 2.108
16 0.065 1.651
18 0.049 1.245
20 0.035 0.889

Tube_Material_Spec = Tube Material Spec. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability
databases. Select from: Unknown, SA-106-B, SA-179, SA-199-T11, SA-199-T5, SA-213-T5, SA-213-T9,
SA-213-T11, SA-213-TP304, SA-213-TP316, SA-213-TP316L, SA-214, SA-249-TP304, SA-249-TP316,
SA-268-TP430, SB-111

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 130 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Tube_Material = Generic Tube Material. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability
databases. Select from Unknown, 1.25Cr, 12Cr,1Cr, 2.25Cr, 2205 Duplex SS, 2304 Duplex SS, 2507
Duplex SS, 304/309/310, 304L/321/347, 316, 316L, 317L, 410SS, 430 SS, 439 SS, 444 SS, 5Cr, 70/30
CuNi, 90/10 CuNi, 904L, 9Cr, AL6XN/254 SMO, Admiralty Brass, Alloy 20Cb3, Alloy 600, Alloy 625, Alloy
800, Alloy 825, Alloy C276, Aluminum Alloy, Aluminum Brass, Bimetallic, C-1/2 Mo, Carbon Steel,
Ceramic, Ferralium 255, Monel 400, Muntz, Nickel 200, Plastic, Red Brass, Sea-Cure/E-Brite, Titanium
Gr. 12, Titanium Gr. 16, Titanium Gr. 2, Zeron 100, Zirconium Alloy, Other
TSHT_Material_Spec = Tubesheet Material Spec. This is only used as a matching criteria for the
reliability databases. Select from : Unknown, SA-105-II, SA-105-N, SA-182-F1, SA-182-F11, SA-182-F22,
SA-182-F304, SA-182-F316, SA-182-F5, SA-182-F9, SA-204-B, SA-212-B FBX, SA-240-316L, SA-240-
TP304, SA-240-TP321, SA-266-II, SA-285-C, SA-350-LF2, SA-515-70, SA-516-70, SA-675-70, SB-171,
TSHT_Material = Generic Tubesheet Material. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability
databases. Select from : Unknown, 1.25Cr, 12Cr, 1Cr, 2.25 Cr, 2205 Duplex SS, 304/309/310,
304L/321/347, 316, 316L, 317L, 410SS, 430SS, 439 SS, 5Cr, 70/30 CuNi, 90/10 CuNi, 904L, 9Cr,
AL6XN, Admiralty Brass, Alloy 20Cb3, Alloy 600, Alloy 625, Alloy 800, Alloy 825, Alloy C276, Aluminum
Alloy, Aluminum Brass, C-1/2 Mo, Carbon Steel, Ceramic, Copper-other, Monel 400, Muntz, Nickel 200,
Other, Plastic, Red Brass, Titanium Gr. 2, Zirconium Alloy
T_Cladding_Material = Generic Tubesheet Cladding Material. This is only used as a matching criteria for
the reliability databases. Select from : Unknown, NoneCarbon Steel,C-1/2
Mo,1Cr,1.25Cr,2.25Cr,5Cr,9Cr,12Cr,304L/321/347,304/309/310,316L,317L,2205 Duplex SS,2304 Duplex
SS,2507 Duplex SS,Alloy 20Cb3,904L,AL6XN,430 SS,439 SS,Sea-Cure/E-Brite,Admiralty
Brass,Aluminum Brass,Red Brass,90/10 CuNi,70/30 CuNi,Copper-Other,Monel 400,Alloy 800,Alloy
825,Alloy 600,Alloy 625,Alloy C276,Nickel 200,Titanium Gr. 2,Titanium Gr. 12,Titanium Gr. 16,Aluminum
Alloy,Zirconium Alloy,Non-Metallic Coating,Plastic,Other
Impingement_Plate = Flag to indicated presence of impingment plate: Unknown, Yes, No Found on
TEMA datasheet
Tube_Joint_Design = Select tube joint design : Unknown, Rolled, Seal Welded, Strength Welded
Baffle_Type = Type of Baffle. Options are: Unknown, Single Segmental, Double segmental, Triple
segmental, Rod Baffle

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 131 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.20.3 Operating Condition Tab - Original Consequence Model

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 132 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.20.4 Operating Condition Tab - New Consequence Model

7.20.4.1 Field Help -Operating Conditions Tab


Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating
Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure
required
Operating_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Normal pressure for the conditions. Operating Pressure is used in
calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. required
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature for the conditions. The default is
70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
required
Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown,
Or Upset Conditions. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value
Maximum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Maximum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown,
Or Upset Conditions
Steam_Out = Option Flag to indicate Steam Out (equipment has been steamed-out prior to water flushing
to remove residual caustic) required
Process_Fluid = Fluid Model Identification (Such as C1-C2, C3-C4, ACID-LP, H2, H2S, EO, CO, etc.)
required
Initial_Fluid_Phase = Fluid Steady-State Operating Phase [Gas (default), Liquid, or Powder] required
Original Consequence Model Only
Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input)
Hydrogen_Partial_Pres = (psig : MPa) Hydrogen Partial Pressure is only used for assessment of High
Temperature Hydrogen Attack (HTHA) required
Toxic_Model = Toxic Model Identification (Such as H2S, HF, AMMONIA, CL, EO, PO, NO2, HCL, TDI,
etc.) required Original Consequence Model Only
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide Page 133 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Percent_Toxic = Percentage Of Toxic Fluid In Operating Stream (%) (Optional Input) Original
Consequence Model Only
Toxic_Duration = (min : min) The specified Duration of Toxic Release Event is used if it is GT 0.0,
otherwise, it is computed using Paragraph 7.9.5.3 of the BRD (Minutes) Original Consequence Model
Only
Operating_Conditions_Comments = Analyst comments (Optional Input)

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 134 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.20.5 Operating Condition Tab – Tube Bundle

7.20.5.1 Field Help -Operating Conditions Tab –Tube Bundle


TS_Process_Unit = This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. In general,
tubeside and shellside process units will be the same. However, in tighly integrated units, tubeside and
shellside units may be different. Additionally, there are some instances, such as when the user wants to
track bundles in a cooling water system, where different process units may be entered. Select from:
Unknown, Amine Regeneration, Amine Treating, Aromatics Recovery (Solvent Extraction/Toluene
Dealkylation), Catalytic Reforming (CCR), Catalytic Reforming (Fixed Bed), Caustic Treating (Merox),
Crude Distillation Unit, Cumene, Delayed Coker, Distillate Fractionator, Fluid Coker, Dimersol, Ether Plant
(MTBE/TAME), Fluid Catalytic Cracking, Sat Gas Plant, Unsat Gas Plant (FCC GasCon), Gas Separation
(nitrogen/oxygen), HF Alkylation, Hydrotreater (Desulferizer/Hydrocracker 1st Stage), Hydrocracker (2st
Stage), Hydrogen Reforming, Isomerization, LPG Refrigeration, Lube Plant, Polymerization, Partial
Oxidation, Selective Hydrogenation Unit (SHU), Sour Water Stripper, Sulfolane, Sulfur Recovery Unit,
Sulfuric Acid Alkylation, Sulfuric Acid Plant, Tail Gas Treater (SCOT/Stretford/Wellman-Lord/others),
Thermal cracking (Visbreaker), Vacuum Unit, Cooling Tower Water, Cooling Water - other
TS_Operating_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Tubeside Operating Pressure
TS_Inlet_Temperature = (°F : °C) Tubeside Inlet Temperature
TS_Outlet_Temperature = (°F : °C) Tubeside Outlet Temperature

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 135 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

TS_Fluid_Name = Tubeside Fluid Select from all original fluids as well as fluids defined with the fluid
designer
TS_Fluid_Category = Select from :Unknown, Light crude feed,Heavy crude feed, Crude tower overheads,
Hydrogen, Fuel gas (ethane/methane/LNG), Ethylene, Syngas, LPG (propane/butane), Olefins
(propylene/butylene/amylene), Gasoline
(naphtha/pentane/hexane/heptane/LSR/Polymerate/hydrocrackate/isomerate/reformate/alkylate) , Ethers
(MTBE/TAME), Alcohols (methanol/ethanol), Light Distillate (Kero/#1 oil/Jet), Medium Distillate
(Diesel/LGO/LCO/#3 oil/coker gas oil), Heavy Distillate (AGO/HGO/HCO), Atmospheric resid, Lube oil
(seal oil), Vacuum residue (#6 Oil/Bunker), Visbreaker residue (FCC Slurry/MF bottoms), Sludge (API
Separator Btms), Rich Amine, Lean Amine, Benfield or other non-amine based acid gas removal, Sour
Water, Tempered water/non-corrosive liquid, BFW, Steam/Condensate, Caustic Solution, Spent Caustic,
Acid Gas (Tail Gas), Sulfur Liquid, H2S, Hydrofluoric Acid, Sulfuric Acid, Phosphoric Acid", <li>Other
Acid, Cooling Tower Water- corrosive, Cooling Tower Water- non-corrosive, River water, Well water,
Brackish water, Sea water, Waste Water, Inert Gas, Air, CO2
TS_Fluid_Phase = Tubeside Fluid phase : Unknown, Gas, Liquid, Two Phase
TS_Calculated_Phase = % Liquid as calculated for the specific fluid composition, at the Operating
Temperature and Pressure
TS_Fouling_Severity Measure of the propensity of the Tubeside fluid to foul. Select from : Unknown,
None, Mild, Moderate, Severe
TS_Design_Tube_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity. This is only used as a matching criteria for
the reliability databases.
SS_Process_Unit = This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. In general,
tubeside and shellside process units will be the same. However, in tighly integrated units, tubeside and
shellside units may be different. Additionally, there are some instances, such as when the user wants to
track bundles in a cooling water system, where different process units may be entered. Select from:
Unknown, Amine Regeneration, Amine Treating, Aromatics Recovery (Solvent Extraction/Toluene
Dealkylation), Catalytic Reforming (CCR), Catalytic Reforming (Fixed Bed), Caustic Treating (Merox),
Crude Distillation Unit, Cumene, Delayed Coker, Distillate Fractionator, Fluid Coker, Dimersol, Ether Plant
(MTBE/TAME), Fluid Catalytic Cracking, Sat Gas Plant, Unsat Gas Plant (FCC GasCon), Gas Separation
(nitrogen/oxygen), HF Alkylation, Hydrotreater (Desulferizer/Hydrocracker 1st Stage), Hydrocracker (2st
Stage), Hydrogen Reforming, Isomerization, LPG Refrigeration, Lube Plant, Polymerization, Partial
Oxidation, Selective Hydrogenation Unit (SHU), Sour Water Stripper, Sulfolane, Sulfur Recovery Unit,
Sulfuric Acid Alkylation, Sulfuric Acid Plant, Tail Gas Treater (SCOT/Stretford/Wellman-Lord/others),
Thermal cracking (Visbreaker), Vacuum Unit, Cooling Tower Water, Cooling Water - other
SS_Operating_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Shellside Operating Pressure
SS_Inlet_Temperature = (°F : °C) Shellside Inlet Temperature
SS_Outlet_Temperature = (°F : °C) Shellside Outlet Temperature
SS_Fluid_Name = Shellside Fluid Select from all original fluids as well as fluids defined with the fluid
designer
SS_Fluid_Category = Select from :Unknown, Light crude feed,Heavy crude feed, Crude tower overheads,
Hydrogen, Fuel gas (ethane/methane/LNG), Ethylene, Syngas, LPG (propane/butane), Olefins
(propylene/butylene/amylene), Gasoline
(naphtha/pentane/hexane/heptane/LSR/Polymerate/hydrocrackate/isomerate/reformate/alkylate) , Ethers
(MTBE/TAME), Alcohols (methanol/ethanol), Light Distillate (Kero/#1 oil/Jet), Medium Distillate
(Diesel/LGO/LCO/#3 oil/coker gas oil), Heavy Distillate (AGO/HGO/HCO), Atmospheric resid, Lube oil
(seal oil), Vacuum residue (#6 Oil/Bunker), Visbreaker residue (FCC Slurry/MF bottoms), Sludge (API
Separator Btms), Rich Amine, Lean Amine, Benfield or other non-amine based acid gas removal, Sour
Water, Tempered water/non-corrosive liquid, BFW, Steam/Condensate, Caustic Solution, Spent Caustic,
Acid Gas (Tail Gas), Sulfur Liquid, H2S, Hydrofluoric Acid, Sulfuric Acid, Phosphoric Acid", <li>Other
Acid, Cooling Tower Water- corrosive, Cooling Tower Water- non-corrosive, River water, Well water,
Brackish water, Sea water, Waste Water, Inert Gas, Air, CO2
SS_Fluid_Phase = Shellside Fluid phase : Unknown, Gas, Liquid, Two Phase

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 136 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

SS_Calculated_Phase = % Liquid as calculated for the specific fluid composition, at the Operating
Temperature and Pressure
SS_Fouling_Severity = Measure of the propensity of the Shellside fluid to foul. Select from : Unknown,
None, Mild, Moderate, Severe
SS_Design_Tube_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity. This is only used as a matching criteria for
the reliability databases.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 137 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.20.6 Operating Condition Tab – Tank

7.20.7 Field Help -Operating Conditions Tab - Tank


Tank_OMFH = (ft : m) Tank Operating Fill Height
Tank_OSG = Tank Operating Specific Gravity
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature for the conditions. The default is
70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
required
Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown,
Or Upset Conditions. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value
Maximum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Maximum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown,
Or Upset Conditions
Steam_Out = Option Flag to indicate Steam Out (equipment has been steamed-out prior to water flushing
to remove residual caustic) required
Process_Fluid = Fluid Model Identification (Such as C1-C2, C3-C4, ACID-LP, H2, H2S, EO, CO, etc.)
required
Initial_Fluid_Phase = Fluid Steady-State Operating Phase [Gas (default), Liquid, or Powder] required
Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input)
Hydrogen_Partial_Pres = (psig : MPa) Hydrogen Partial Pressure is only used for assessment of High
Temperature Hydrogen Attack (HTHA) required
Toxic_Model = Toxic Model Identification (Such as H2S, HF, AMMONIA, CL, EO, PO, NO2, HCL, TDI,
etc.) required
Percent_Toxic = Percentage Of Toxic Fluid In Operating Stream (%) (Optional Input)
Toxic_Duration = (min : min) The specified Duration of Toxic Release Event is used if it is GT 0.0,
otherwise, it is computed using Paragraph 7.9.5.3 of the BRD (Minutes)
Operating_Conditions_Comments = Analyst comments (Optional Input)

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 138 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.20.8 Component Settings Tab

7.20.9 Field Help - Component Settings Tab


Consequence_Modeler_Flag = Flag to indicate if ORIGINAL or NEW consequence model is to be used.
Default = ORIGINAL. Changing the Consequence Model flag from Original to New, causes the creation of
new fluids to represent the fluids, Toxic Model and Toxic Percent for each component.
RBI_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) The Date the RBI Analysis was performed
Component_Setting = The unique description of this component or global setting required
Available_External_Environment = The Environmental Driver for External Corrosion required
Management_Factor = The Management System Modification Factor (MSMF); MSMF can be specified
(with an input value ranging from 0.1 to 100) or computed if not specified. The Computed value of MSMF
is based on the Management Systems Evaluation Score (MS_SCORE) from Figure 8-5 in the BRD
Management_Score = Score on the Management Systems Evaluation (MS_SCORE) (Optional Input with
a default value = 0.0)
Population_Density = (person/ft² : person/m²) Population Density, Global Setting for all Components in
this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a Default value = 0.0001)
Inspection_Option = There are two Inspection Options, Date and Plan. DATE derives an Inspection Date
based on the specified inspection information, while PLAN derives an inspection plan based on the
specified inspection Date required
Plan_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) The Global Settings field for Inspection Plan.
Injury_Cost = ($ :$) The Cost for a Personnel Injury, Global Setting for all Components in this Unit
(Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default value of 2,000,000.0)
Environmental_Cost = ($/day :$/day) The Cost associated with Environmental Cleanup, Global Setting
for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default
value = 0.0)
Equipment_Cost = ($/ft² : $/m²) The Cost for Affected Area, Global Setting for all Components in this Unit
(Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with default value = 550.0)
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide Page 139 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Production_Cost = ($/day : $/day) The Cost associated with Production Loss, Global Setting for all
Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default value
= 100,000.0)
Analysis_Modification = Brief Description of Analysis Modification
Inspection_Plan_Basis = Option Flag to indicate the basis for the risk measure to be used in determining
the next Inspection date [Financial Risk (default) or Area Risk] required
Area_Risk_Target = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The Global Settings field for the Target Area Risk (the area risk for
establishing a future inspection date); Target Area Risk is only used if the Inspection_Plan_Basis = area.
The Target Area Risk set in the Global Settings Form is the default value. Required if inspection plan
basis is area
Financial_Risk_Target = ($/year :$/year) The Global Settings field for the Target Financial Risk (the
financial risk for establishing a future inspection date); Target Financial Risk is only used if the
Inspection_Plan_Basis = Financial (Risk Flag indicates the basis of risk measure to be used in
determining the next inspection). The Target Financial Risk set in the Global Settings Form is the default
value. Required if inspection plan basis is financial
Max_Insp_Int = (yrs : yrs) Maximum Inspection Interval (default = 10 years) is used as an Upper Bound
to the computed Inspection Interval (Optional Input) For Component_Type=HEXTUBE, the maximum
inspection Interval = 25 years.
Turn_Around_Date_1 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 1 For
Component_Type=HEXTUBE, this value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to make economic
inspection and bundle replacement decisions.
Turn_Around_Date_2 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 2 For
Component_Type=HEXTUBE, this value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to make economic
inspection and bundle replacement decisions.
DF_Target = Damage Factor Target

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 140 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.20.10 Component Settings Tab – Tank

7.20.11 Field Help - Component Settings Tab – Tank


Consequence_Modeler_Flag = Flag to indicate if ORIGINAL or NEW consequence model is to be used.
Default = ORIGINAL. For tank components only the ORIGINAL consequence model can be used.
RBI_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) The Date the RBI Analysis was performed
Available_External_Environment = The Environmental Driver for External Corrosion required
Management_Factor = The Management System Modification Factor (MSMF); MSMF can be specified
(with an input value ranging from 0.1 to 100) or computed if not specified. The Computed value of MSMF
is based on the Management Systems Evaluation Score (MS_SCORE) from Figure 8-5 in the BRD
Management_Score = Score on the Management Systems Evaluation (MS_SCORE) (Optional Input with
a default value = 0.0)
Population_Density = (person/ft² : person/m²) Population Density, Global Setting for all Components in
this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a Default value = 0.0001)
Inspection_Option = There are two Inspection Options, Date and Plan. DATE derives an Inspection Date
based on the specified inspection information, while PLAN derives an inspection plan based on the
specified inspection Date required
Plan_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) The Global Settings field for Inspection Plan.
Injury_Cost = ($ :$) The Cost for a Personnel Injury, Global Setting for all Components in this Unit
(Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default value of 2,000,000.0)
Environmental_Cost = ($/day :$/day) The Cost associated with Environmental Cleanup, Global Setting
for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default
value = 0.0)
Equipment_Cost = ($/ft² : $/m²) The Cost for Affected Area, Global Setting for all Components in this Unit
(Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with default value = 550.0)

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 141 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Production_Cost = ($/day : $/day) The Cost associated with Production Loss, Global Setting for all
Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default value
= 100,000.0)
Analysis_Modification = Brief Description of Analysis Modification
Inspection_Plan_Basis = Option Flag to indicate the basis for the risk measure to be used in determining
the next Inspection date [Financial Risk (default) or Area Risk] required
Area_Risk_Target = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The Global Settings field for the Target Area Risk (the area risk for
establishing a future inspection date); Target Area Risk is only used if the Inspection_Plan_Basis = area.
The Target Area Risk set in the Global Settings Form is the default value. Required if inspection plan
basis is area
Financial_Risk_Target = ($/year :$/year) The Global Settings field for the Target Financial Risk (the
financial risk for establishing a future inspection date); Target Financial Risk is only used if the
Inspection_Plan_Basis = Financial (Risk Flag indicates the basis of risk measure to be used in
determining the next inspection). The Target Financial Risk set in the Global Settings Form is the default
value. Required if inspection plan basis is financial
Max_Insp_Int = (yrs : yrs) Maximum Inspection Interval (default = 10 years) is used as an Upper Bound
to the computed Inspection Interval (Optional Input) For Component_Type=HEXTUBE, the maximum
inspection Interval = 25 years.
Turn_Around_Date_1 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 1 For
Component_Type=HEXTUBE, this value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to make economic
inspection and bundle replacement decisions.
Turn_Around_Date_2 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 2 For
Component_Type=HEXTUBE, this value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to make economic
inspection and bundle replacement decisions.
DF_Target = Damage Factor Target
Tank_Environ_Sensitivity = Select Low, Medium, or High. Determines the expected cost factor per barrel
of spilled fluid for environmental clean up in worst case scenario.
Tank_Welded_Flag = Flag to indicate if tank is welded or not. If tank is welded factor is 1 if the tank is
riveted the factor is 10.
Tank_API653_Flag = Flag to indicate if tank is maintained according to API653. If API653 is used the
factor is 1, if API653 is not used the factor is 5.
Tank_Soil_Type = Foundation Soil Type. Each soil type has a specific permeability to various fluids.
Choices are Coarse Sand, Fine Sand, Very Fine Sand, Silt, Sandy Clay, Clay, Asphalt-Concrete.
Tank Settlement Flag = Options are API653OK - Evaluated per API653 and ok, API653NG Evaluated per
API653 and not good, Never Evaluated, Concrete
Tank_Release_Prevent_Flag = Flag to indicate if tank has a leak prevention barrier
Tank_Product_Leave_Dike = Percentage of Product that would escape the Dike
Tank_Product_Leave_Dike_On = Percentage of Product that leaves the dike that contaminates on site
soil (within the boundary of the facilty)
Tank_Product_Leave_Dike_Off = Percentage of Product that leaves the dike that contaminates off site
soil (outside the boundary of the facilty)
Tank_Distance_Ground_Water = ( ft : m) Shortest measured or minimum vertical distance from tank floor
to ground water

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 142 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.20.12 Component SettingsTab - Bundle

7.20.13 Field Help – Bundle Component Settings Tab


RBI_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) The Date the RBI Analysis was performed
Inspection_Option = There are two Inspection Options, Date and Plan. DATE derives an Inspection Date
based on the specified inspection information. PLAN derives an inspection plan based on the specified
inspection Date. For Component_Type = HEXTUBE (Tube Bundle) only the plan option is available.
Plan_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) Plan_Date = In PLAN mode, this is the date supplied by the user
for which an inspection plan is calculated. Inspections are recommended, to maintan the calculated risk at
or below the specified target risk. For tube bundles, component_type = HEXTUBE, the default date is RBI
Date plus the maximum inspection interval.
Bundle_Financial_Risk_Target = ($/year) User bundle financial risk tolerance. This value is used to
determine the target date, i.e. the date where the calculated bundle risk exceeds the financial risk target.
Max_Insp_Int = (yrs : yrs) Maximum Inspection Interval (default = 10 years) is used as an Upper Bound to
the computed Inspection Interval (Optional Input)
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide Page 143 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Production_Cost = ($/day) The Cost associated with Production Losses. (Optional input with a default
value = 100,000.0)
Production_Impact = Select type of impact for bundle leak: None, Bypass, Bypass with Rate
Reduction,Shutdown
Rate_Cut = Percentage reduction in capacity as a result of bypassing a heat exchanger for repair or
bundle replacement. Required if Production Impact set to Bypass with Rate Reduction
Planned_SD = Number of days required to repair or replace failed exchanger bundle when the shutdown
is planned. This value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to determine the optimal bundle
replacement frequency. (days)
Unplanned_SD = Number of days required to repair or replace failed exchanger bundle when the
shutdown is unplanned (days). This should typically be a longer duration than a planned shutdown to
allow for lead time to mobilize or to purchase a replacement bundle.
Bundle_Cost = $ Cost of replacement bundle. If not input by the user, this value will be estimated based
on the size and metallurgy of the tube bundle.
Bundle_Install_Cost = $ Cost of maintenance required to remove, clean, and re-install exchanger
bundle
Hurdle_Cost = % This is the rate (Return on Investment) above the economic break even point at which a
decision to inspect or replace a bundle is made. This is only used in the CBA. For example, if the cost to
replace a bundle is $100,000 and the user requires a 25% Hurdle Rate (ROI), the software will
recommend bundle replacement when the risk savings exceeds $125,000. Default is 0.0.
Lost_Opportunity = $ Additional cost beyond production losses or environmental costs as a result of
bundle failure. For example, this value can be used to enter the costs associated with damage to cooling
towers resulting from bundle failures.
Environmental_Impact = Environmental costs associated with bundle failure.
Turn_Around_Date_1 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 1 <br>For
Component_Type=HEXTUBE, this value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to make economic
inspection and bundle replacement decisions.
Turn_Around_Date_2 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 2 <br>For
Component_Type=HEXTUBE, this value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to make economic
inspection and bundle replacement decisions.
Tube_Wall_Failure_Fraction = Define the fraction of wall thickness that constitutes bundle failure (number
between 0.0 and 1.0). Default is 0.5

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 144 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.20.14 Volume and Mass Tab

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 145 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.20.14.1 Volumes
If the percent liquid is not supplied for a component, then the following values are used.

Table 4 Default % Liquid


Component Type % Liquid Default
PIPE-1 100%
PIPE-2 100%
PIPE-4 100%
PIPE-6 100%
PIPE-8 100%
PIPE-10 100%
PIPE-12 100%
PIPE-16 100%
PIPE-16 GT 16 100%
COLTOP 25%
COLMID 25%
COLBTM 37%
DRUM 50%
FILTER 100%
FINFAN 25%
KODRUM 10%
REACTOR 15%
HEXSS 50%
HEXTS 25%
HEXTUBE 25%
COMPC 0%
COMPR 0%
PUMP1S 100%
PUMP2S 100%
PUMPR 100%
TANKBOTTOM 100%
COURSE 100%

7.20.14.2 Field Help - Volume & Mass Tab


Total Estimated Mass = (lbm : kg) When a value is entered here by the User, this mass will be utilized by
the program as the inventory mass. Calculated values provided elsewhere on the screen are provided for
informational purposes only.
Percent_Liquid_Volume = When a value is entered here, it will be used by the software. If this is left
blank or a value of 0.0 is entered, the default values per Table A.3.2 of Part 3 Annex A of API RP581 will
be used.
Calculated_Pct_Liquid_Volume = The value calculated here is provided when the NEW consequence
modeler is selected on the Component Setting tab.
Volume = (ft3 : m3) The component total volume is calculated based on the component geometry.
Calculated_Vapor_Volume = (ft3 : m3) The calculated component vapor volume based on the total
volume of the component and the Percent Liquid Volume = Volume x (1 - Percent Liquid Volume)/100
Calculated_Liquid_Volume = (ft3 : m3) The calculated component liquid volume based on the total
volume of the component and the Percent Liquid Volume = Volume x Percent Liquid Volume/100
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide Page 146 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Est_Vapor_Volume = (ft3 : m3) Estimated Component Vapor Volume is used in the calculations only if
input is GT 0.0
Est_Liquid_Volume = (ft3 : m3) Estimated Component Liquid Volume is used in the calculations only if
input is GT 0.0
Component_Vapor_Density = (lbm/ft3 : Kg/m3) The calculated vapor density. When the OLD
consequence modeler is selected on the Component Setting tab, the vapor density is calculated
assuming the Ideal Gas Law using the molecular weight (from Table 5.2 of Part 3 of API RP581) and the
operating pressure and temperature of the fluid. When the NEW consequence modeler is selected, the
software calculates the density based on the operating conditions and the fluid composition entered by
the User.
Component_Liquid_Density = (lbm/ft3 : Kg/m3) The calculated liquid density. When the OLD
consequence modeler is selected on the Component Setting tab, the liquid density comes from Table 5.2
of Part 3 of API RP581. When the NEW consequence modeler is selected, the software calculates the
density based on the operating conditions and the fluid composition entered by the User.
Total Calculated Mass = (lbm : kg) This is the calculated fluid mass of the component. This value will be
used by the software, only when a estimated value (Total Estimated Value) has not been entered by the
User.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 147 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.20.15 Bundle Filter


This tab is used to select the criteria that will be applied to the reliability database to create the set of
bundle data used for the weibull analysis.

The filters appear in the panel on the left. The selected filter are on the right. Use the + to add a filter that
matches the current bundle.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 148 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Use the +Edit button to add a of criterion but change the value used in for the filter.

The same filter can be added multiple times

Use the X to remove 1 filter and the XX to remove all applied filters.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 149 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Once a satisfactory set of filters have been applied, save the component. The seleced criteria will be
applied to the reliability database and a weibull statistical analysis will be performed. The bundles
included in the cut set can be reviewed by pressing the Bundle Matches button. The Component must be
saved for the filters to be applied, the Bundle Matches to be updated, and the Weibull calculations to be
preformed.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 150 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.20.16 Weibull Plot

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 151 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.21 Thinning Damage Mechanism Form


This form presents the following groups of information:
• Input data requirements are displayed in the top left column.
• Damage Drivers are summarized in the right top column.
• Analysis results and a Risk summary are presented in the lower half of the screen.
• Base and Cladding Material Corrosion Rates in the center column. Base or Clad rates are shown
based on the presence of a Base or Clad Material.

7.21.1 Thinning Tab

7.21.1.1 Input Fields


Component = The user name for this Component
Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input)
Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input)
What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the
database.
Online_Monitoring = Type of On-Line Monitoring. Options are None, K:Key Process, P:Corrosion Probes,
C: Corrosion Coupons,KC :Key Process and Corrosion Coupons, KC and P :Key Process, Corrosion
Coupons, and Corrosion Probes, KP: Key Process, Corrosion Probes, PC: Corrosion Probes, Corrosion
Coupons
Injection_Point_Flag = Option Flag to indicate an Injection Point, a point where a chemical (including
water) is being added to the main flow stream
Injection_Point_Inspection_Flag = Option Flag to indicate an Injection Point Effective Inspection [an
injection point is a point where a chemical (including water) is being added to the main flow stream]
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide Page 152 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Deadleg_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Deadleg; Deadleg is defined as a section of piping or piping
circuit that is used only during intermittent service such as start-ups, shutdowns, or regeneration cycles
rather than continuous service
Deadleg_Inspection = Option Flag to indicate Deadleg Point Effective Inspection
Thinning_Type = The Thinning Type (General or Local) It is needed for the Inspection Effectiveness
Tables G-6A And G-6B In The BRD. It can be specified. If it is not specified, Thinning Type will be
computed based on the value of Governing Thinning Mechanism (MECH_THIN) and Table G-5 of the
BRD.
BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the
Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Base
Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism
with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation
Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL
Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour
Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded.
CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the
Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Clad
Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism
with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation
Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL
Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour
Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded.
BM_Corrosion_Rate = Option Flag to indicate How the Base Material Corrosion Rate is Computed
BM_Estimated_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Base Material Estimated Corrosion Rate
BM_Measured_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Base Material Measured Corrosion Rate (Optional Input)
BM_Calculated_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Base Material Calculated Corrosion Rate
CM_Corrosion_Rate = Option Flag to indicate How the Clad Material Corrosion Rate is Computed
CM_Estimated_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Clad Material Estimated Corrosion Rate
CM_Measured_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Clad Material Measured Corrosion Rate (Optional Input)
CM_Calculated_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Clad Material Calculated Corrosion Rate

7.21.1.2 Damage Drivers


BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected
BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Design_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Design Pressure can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Pressure
depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Pressure represents the Shellside
Pressure, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE,
then Design Pressure represents Tubeside Pressure. Design Pressure is only used in calculations if
Operating Pressure is not provided.
Component_Start_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd : yyyy-mm-dd) The Service Start Date, typically the
commissioning date of the unit
Furnished_Thk = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. The Furnished Thickness is the
total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal
Thickness must be specified. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both
specified, then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations
Insp_Date = Inspection Date for Selected Damage Type

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 153 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Measured_Thickness = (in : mm) Thickness at Inspection Date. This Is the Thickness measured at the
time of the inspection. It includes the Cladding or Weld Overlay Thickness, as applicable, and is only
valid for inspection categories A and B
Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating
Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Operating_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition
Form. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used.

7.21.1.3 Analysis Results


Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a
running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections
No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past
Inspections Will Be Considered
Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type,
computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category
Date (the date of the last inspection)
DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type
Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type

7.21.1.4 Risk Summary


Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage
Mechanisms
POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency
COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF)
Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to
determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD
Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix
Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area
Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 154 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.21.1.5 What-If Fields


Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Design_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Design Pressure can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Pressure
depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Pressure represents the Shellside
Pressure, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE,
then Design Pressure represents Tubeside Pressure. Design Pressure is only used in calculations if
Operating Pressure is not provided.
Component_Start_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd : yyyy-mm-dd) The Service Start Date, typically the
commissioning date of the unit
Furnished_Thk = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. The Furnished Thickness is the
total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal
Thickness must be specified. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both
specified, then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations
Insp_Date = Inspection Date for Selected Damage Type
Measured_Thickness = (in : mm) Thickness at Inspection Date. This Is the Thickness measured at the
time of the inspection. It includes the Cladding or Weld Overlay Thickness, as applicable, and is only
valid for inspection categories A and B
Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating
Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide Page 155 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Operating_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition
Form. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used.

7.21.1.6 FORM ACTIONS


SAVE
1. Change existing data to new values
2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form
3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel
4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved
5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message
HELP
View this form help screen
DELETE
Delete this Damage Form from the database
CALCULATE
Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is
activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and
results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 156 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.21.2 Thinning Supplemental Tab


If the corrosion rate for either Base Material or Clad Material is selected as CALCULATED, there will be a
CALC button for BM or CM CORROSION calculations on the screen. If you select a Calculated Corrosion
Rate for either Base Material or Clad Material then save the Damage Form BEFORE pressing either
CALC button. If both a base and a cladding thickness are specified then all types supplemental thinning
are enabled.

Amine H2S/H2 HCL HF High Sour Sulfuric Sulfidic Acid CO2 Cooling Soil Tank
Temp Water Acid Napthenic Sour Water Underground Floor
Oxidation Acid Water
CS CS CS CS CS CS CS CS CS CS CS CS
LC LC LC NF LC LC LC LC LC LC LC
HA HA HC HC HA HC
HA HA HA
NF NF NF

CS – Carbon Steels
LC – Low Chrome Steels
HC – High Chrome Steels
HA – High Alloy
NF – Non Ferrous

The type of Corrosion as well as the specific data requirements for each corrosion type are entered on
this form..
• Operating Conditions
• Corrosion Supplement Active: The thinning supplement flag is set to No as a default. If the
user changes the flag to Yes, then the data requirements for that supplement will be checked
and the data will be saved. Data Requirements for supplements that are not active, are not
checked and are not saved.
1. Amine,
2. H2S/H2,
3. HCL,
4. HF,
5. High Temperature Oxidation,
6. Sour Water,
7. Sulfuric Acid
8. Sulfidic/Napthenic Acid,
9. Acid Sour Water
10. CO2
11. Cooling Water
12. Soil/Underground
13. Tank Floor
• Corrosion Input
• Results for Base and/or Clad Materials

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 157 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.21.2.1 Amine

Input Fields
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input)
Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form.
Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used.
Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active.
Corrosion_Type = Type Of Corrosion to be used in the Supplemental Thinning Corrosion Settings
BM_Amine_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material Amine Corrosion (Base Material
Corrosion Rate for Amine is Computed)
CM_Amine_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material Amine Corrosion (Cladding
Material Corrosion Rate for Amine is Computed)
Amine_Type = Amine Type (Monoethanolamine -- MEA, Diethanolamine -- DEA, OR
Methyldiethanolamine -- MDEA)
HSAH_Conc = (wt% : wt%) Heat Stable Amine Salt concentration (wt%); must be input if Amine Flag =
Yes Range is GT= 2.0 to GT 4.0
Amine_Acid_Conc = (wt% : wt%) Acid concentration (wt%) must be input if Amine Calculation indicator is
selected. Range is LT= 20.0 wt% for MEA, LT= 30.0 wt% for DEA, or Lt= 50.0 wt% for MDEA
Acid_Gas_Loading = (mol :mol) Acid Gas Loading (Mol/mol) must be input if Amine Calculation indicator
is selected Range is GT= 0.1 to GT 0.7
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide Page 158 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

BM_Amine_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for Amine
CM_Amine_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for Amine
BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the
Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Base
Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism
with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation
Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL
Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour
Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded.
CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the
Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Clad
Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism
with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation
Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL
Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour
Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded.
BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the
Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy)
CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the
Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy)
Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials
Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)
Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials
Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 159 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.21.2.2 H2S/H2

Input Fields
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input)
Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form.
Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used.
Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active.
BM_H2S_H2_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material H2SH2 Corrosion (Base Material
Corrosion Rate for H2SH2 is Computed)
CM_H2S_H2_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material H2SH2 Corrosion (Cladding
Material Corrosion Rate for H2SH2 is Computed)
Hydrocarbon_Type = Type Of Hydrocarbon; Must be input (Naptha, or Gas Oil)
H2S_Conc = (Mole % : Mole %) H2S Concentration; Must be input if H2SH2 Option = YES. Range is LT
0.002 to GT 1.0
BM_H2S_H2_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for H2SH2
CM_H2S_H2_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for
H2SH2

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 160 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the
Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Base
Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism
with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation
Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL
Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour
Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded.
CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the
Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Clad
Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism
with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation
Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL
Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour
Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded.
BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the
Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy)
CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the
Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy)
Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials
Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)
Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials
Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 161 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.21.2.3 HCL

Input Fields
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input)
Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form.
Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used.
Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active.
BM_HCL_Corrosion_Flag = (mpy : mm/yr) Option Flag to indicate Base Material Hydrochloric Acid (HCL)
Corrosion (Base Material Corrosion Rate for HCL is Computed)
CM_HCL_Corrosion_Flag = (mpy : mm/yr) Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material Hydrochloric Acid
(HCL) Corrosion (Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for HCL is Computed)
HCL_pH = Hydrochloric Acid (HCL) pH; Entry must be input ONLY if HCL Corrosion Option = YES for CS
and SS Materials. Range is LT = 0.5 to 8.02. If pH is entered it is used in the calculations.
HCL_Conc = (wt% : wt%) Hydrochloric Acid (HCL) Chloride Concentration; Must be input if Hydrochloric
Acid Option = Yes (HCL FLAG) for high alloy materials. Range is LT = 0.5 wt% to 5 wt%.
Oxidant_Flag = Option Flag to indicate the presence of Air Oxidants
Pitting_Flag = Option to account for Pitting
BM_HCL_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for Hydrochloric
Acid (HCL)

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 162 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

CM_HCL_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for
Hydrochloric Acid (HCL)
BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the
Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Base
Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism
with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation
Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL
Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour
Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded.
CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the
Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Clad
Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism
with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation
Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL
Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour
Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded.
BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the
Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy)
CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the
Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy)
Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials
Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)
Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials
Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 163 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.21.2.4 HF

Input Fields
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input)
Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form.
Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used.
Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active.
BM_HF_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material HF Corrosion (Base Material Corrosion
Rate for HF is Computed)
CM_HF_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material HF Corrosion (Cladding Material
Corrosion Rate for HFis Computed)
Residual_Stress = Option Flag to indicate Residual Stress
Aeration = Option Flag to indicate Aeration
HF_Acid_Conc = (wt% : wt%) Hydrofluoric Acid Concentration. Must be input if HF Corrosion is selected.
Range is 0 wt% to GT 80 wt%.
BM_HF_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for HF
CM_HF_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for HF

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 164 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the
Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Base
Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism
with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation
Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL
Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour
Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded.
CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the
Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Clad
Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism
with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation
Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL
Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour
Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded.
BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the
Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy)
CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the
Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy)
Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials
Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)
Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials
Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 165 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.21.2.5 High Temperature Oxidation

Input Fields
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input)
Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form.
Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used.
Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active.
BM_High_Temperature_Oxidation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material High Temperature
Oxidation Corrosion (Base Matereial Corrosion Rate for High Temperature Oxidation is Computed)
CM_High_Temperature_Oxidation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material High Temperature
Oxidation Corrosion (Cladding Matereial Corrosion Rate for High Temperature Oxidation is Computed)
BM_High_Temperature_Oxidation_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate
for High Temperature Oxidation
CM_High_Temperature_Oxidation_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion
Rate for High Temperature Oxidation

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 166 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the
Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Base
Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism
with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation
Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL
Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour
Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded.
CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the
Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Clad
Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism
with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation
Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL
Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour
Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded.
BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the
Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy)
CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the
Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy)
Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials
Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)
Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials
Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 167 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.21.2.6 Sour Water

Input Fields
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input)
Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form.
Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used.
Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active.
BM_Sour_Water_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material Sour Water Corrosion (Base
Material Corrosion Rate for Sour Water is Computed)
CM_Sour_Water_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material Sour Water Corrosion
(Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for Sour Water is Computed)
Kp_NH4HS_Conc = (wt% : wt%) NH4HS Concentration of Condensed Water; must be entered if Sour
Water Corrosion Option = Yes and Kp Factor is NOT input. Range is LT 2 wt% to GT 20 wt%.
Kp_Factor = Kp Factor; must be input if Sour Water Corrosion is indicated and NH4HS Concentration is
NOT Input Range is LT = 0.07 to = GT 1.0
BM_Sour_Water_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Computed Base Material Sour Water Corrosion Rate
CM_Sour_Water_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Computed Cladding Material Sour Water Corrosion
Rate

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 168 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the
Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Base
Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism
with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation
Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL
Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour
Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded.
CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the
Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Clad
Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism
with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation
Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL
Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour
Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded.
BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the
Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy)
CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the
Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy)
Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials
Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)
Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials
Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 169 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.21.2.7 Sulfidic/Napthenic Acid

Input Fields
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input)
Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form.
Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used.
Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active.
BM_Sulfidic_Napthenic_Acid_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material Sulfidic/Napthenic
Acid (SNA) Corrosion (Base Material Corrosion Rate for SNA is Computed)
CM_Sulfidic_Napthenic_Acid_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material
Sulfidic/Napthenic Acid (SNA) Corrosion (Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for SNA is Computed)
Sulfidic_Napthenic_Acid_Sulfur_Conc = (wt% : wt%) SNA Sulfur Concentration must be input if the
Sulfidic/Napthenic Acid Corrosion option is selected
TAN = SNA TAN must be input if the Sulfidic/Napthenic Acid Corrosion option is selected. Range is LT=
0.3 to = GT 6.0
BM_Sulfidic_Napthenic_Acid_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion
Rate for Sulfidic/Napthenic Acid Corrosion
CM_Sulfidic_Napthenic_Acid_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material
Corrosion Rate for Sulfidic/Napthenic Acid Corrosion

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 170 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the
Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Base
Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism
with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation
Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL
Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour
Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded.
CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the
Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Clad
Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism
with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation
Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL
Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour
Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded.
BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the
Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy)
CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the
Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy)
Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials
Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)
Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials
Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 171 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.21.2.8 Sulfuric Acid

Input Fields
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input)
Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form.
Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used.
Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active.
BM_Sulfuric_Acid_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material Sulfuric Acid Corrosion (SAC -
- H2SO4 Corrosion) (Base Material Corrosion Rate for SAC H2SO4 is Computed)
CM_Sulfuric_Acid_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material Sulfuric Acid Corrosion
(SAC -- H2SO4 Corrosion) (Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for SAC H2SO4 is Computed)
SA_Acid_Conc = (wt% : wt%) Sulfuric Acid Concentration. Must be input if Sulfuric Acid Corrosion is
selected. Range is LT 2.0 wt% to 100 wt%.
BM_Sulfuric_Acid_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for
Sulfuric Acid Corrosion
CM_Sulfuric_Acid_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for
Sulfuric Acid Corrosion

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 172 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the
Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Base
Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism
with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation
Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL
Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour
Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded.
CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the
Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Clad
Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism
with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation
Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL
Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour
Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded.
BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the
Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy)
CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the
Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy)
Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials
Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)
Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials
Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 173 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.21.2.9 Acid Sour Water

Input Fields
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input)
Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active.
Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form.
Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used.
BM_ASW_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material ASW Corrosion (Base Material
Corrosion Rate for ASW is Computed)
CM_ASW_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material ASW Corrosion (Cladding Material
Corrosion Rate for ASW is Computed)
ASW_H2O_Flag = Flag to indicate presence of water
ASW_pH = pH of acid sour water
ASW_Oxygen = Flag to indicate "High" oxygen content (greater than 50 ppb) = Yes, oxygen content less
than or equal to 50 ppb = No
BM_ASW_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for ASW
CM_ASW_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for ASW

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 174 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the
Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Base
Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism
with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation
Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL
Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour
Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded.
CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the
Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Clad
Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism
with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation
Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL
Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour
Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded.
BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the
Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy)
CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the
Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy)
Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials
Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)
Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials
Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 175 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.21.2.10 CO2

Input Fields
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input)
Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active.
Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form.
Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used.
BM_CO2_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material CO2 Corrosion (Base Material
Corrosion Rate for CO2 is Computed)
CM_ CO2_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material CO2 Corrosion (Cladding Material
Corrosion Rate for CO2 is Computed)
CO2_Conc = (mole%:mole%) CO2 Concentration
CO2_Density = (lbm/ft3 : Kg/m3) Bulk Density of the stream
CO2_Dew_Point = (°F : °C) Dew Point for CO2
CO2_Glycol = (wt%:wt%) Weight percent of water in glycol/water solution
CO2_H2O = (wt%:wt%) Weight percent water in system range 0 to 30 %
CO2_Inh = (%:%) Efficiency of CO2 Inhibitor
CO2_Liq_HC_Flag = Flag to indicate if liquid Hydrocarbons are present
CO2_Partial_Pressure = (psi : Mpa) CO2 Partial Pressure maximum 580 psi: 395 Mpa
CO2_Roughness = Relative Roughness e/d per Moody Chart
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide Page 176 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

CO2_Type = Type of water in mixture: Condensation, Seawater, Fe++ Saturated


CO2_Viscosity = (cP : cP) Viscosity of the stream
CO2_pH = pH of stream (range 3.5 - 6.5)
BM_ CO2_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for CO2
CM_ CO2_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for CO2
BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the
Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Base
Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism
with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation
Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL
Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour
Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded.
CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the
Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Clad
Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism
with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation
Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL
Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour
Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded.
BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the
Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy)
CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the
Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy)
Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials
Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)
Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials
Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 177 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.21.2.11 Cooling Water

Input Fields
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input)
Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active.
Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form.
Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used.
BM_CW_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material CW Corrosion (Base Material Corrosion
Rate for CW is Computed)
CM_CW _Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material CW Corrosion (Cladding Material
Corrosion Rate for CW is Computed)
CW_Ca = Calcium Hardness mg/L of CaCO3 Range is between 10 and 1000 mg/L
CW_Cl = (ppm : ppm) Chloride Concentration Range is between 5 and 10000 ppm Cl
CW_MOA = (mg/L : mg/L) Methyl Orange Alkanility Range is 10 - 1000 mg/L
CW_System = Flag to indicate if system is open or closed
CW_TDS = (mg/L : mg/L) Total Dissolved Solids Select either 50 - 400 or 400 - 1000
CW_Temp = (°F : °C) Water Side Metal Surface Temperature
CW_Water = Flag to indicate if Fresh or Sea water is used.
CW_pH = pH of cooling water
CW_Type = Flag to indicate if system is Recirculating or Once Through
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide Page 178 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

BM_CW _Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for CW
CM_CW _Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for CW
BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the
Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Base
Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism
with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation
Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL
Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour
Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded.
CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the
Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Clad
Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism
with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation
Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL
Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour
Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded.
BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the
Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy)
CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the
Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy)
Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials
Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)
Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials
Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 179 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.21.2.12 Soil/Underground

Input Fields
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input)
Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active.
Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form.
Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used.
BM_Soil_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material Soil Corrosion (Base Material Corrosion
Rate for Soil is Computed)
CM_Soil_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material Soil Corrosion (Cladding Material
Corrosion Rate for Soil is Computed)
Soil_Base_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Expected or observed corrosion rate for the buried structure
or for "similar" structure under "similiar" service conditions
Cathodic_Protect_Flag = Flag to indicate if cathodic protection is used.
Cathodic_Protect_Factor = Factor to include Cathodic Protection
Soil_Resistivity_Flag = Flag to consider resistivity for base corrosion rate
Soil_Resistivity_Factor = Select Resistivity of Soil
Coating_Flag = Flag to indicate if coating has been applied
Coating_Base_Factor = Base factor for type of coating
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide Page 180 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Coating_Maint_Factor = Factor to account for coating maintenance


Coating_Temp_Factor = Factor to account for exceeding maximum rated temperature for coating
Coating_Age_Factor = Factor to adjust for age of coating
BM_ Soil_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for Soil
CM_ Soil_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for Soil
BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the
Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Base
Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism
with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation
Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL
Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour
Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded.
CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the
Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Clad
Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism
with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation
Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL
Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour
Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded.
BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the
Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy)
CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the
Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy)
Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials
Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)
Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials
Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 181 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.21.2.13 Tank Floor


This supplement is only available if the Component Type = TANKBOTTOM

Input Fields
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input)
Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active.
Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form.
Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used.
BM_Tank_Floor_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material Tank_Floor Corrosion (Base
Material Corrosion Rate for Tank_Floor is Computed)
Tank_Prod_Base_Rate = Calculate Product Side Corrosion Rate
Tank_Prod_Base_Corr_Rate = (mpy:mm/yr) Base Corrosion Rate for Product Side
Tank_Soil_Base_Rate = Calculate Soil Side Corrosion Rate
Tank_Soil_Base_Corr_Rate = (mpy:mm/yr) Base Corrosion Rate for Soil Side
Tank_Steam_Coil_Adj = Flag to indicate adjustment for tank steam coil
Tank_Water_Draw_Off_Adj = Flag to indicate adjustment for water draw off
Tank_Product_Cond_Flag_Adj = Option to indicate adjustment for product condition: Wet or Dry
Tank_Soil_Resistivity_Adj = Select Resistivity of Soil
Tank_Pad_Adj = Select adjustment for pad material
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide Page 182 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Tank_Drainage_Adj = Select adjustment for drain


Tank_Cathodic_Protection_Adj = Flag to indicate adjustment for cathodic protection
Tank_Bottom_Type_Adj = Select adjustment for type of tank bottom
BM_Tank_Floor _Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for
Tank_Floor
BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the
Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Base
Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism
with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation
Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL
Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour
Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded.
BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the
Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy)
Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials
Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 183 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.21.3 Equipment Lining Tab

Input Fields
Liner_Type = Type of Internal Liner (Strip Alloy is the default, Refractory, Refractory Severe, Glass, Acid
Brick, or Organic Coating)
Liner_Condition = Lining Condition (Poor, Average, or Good) See Table M-6 in the BRD
Online_Monitoring = Option Flag to indicate On-Line Monitoring for Selected Damage Type
Lining_Installation_Date = Lining Installation Date [(Default value is the computed service start date,
typically the commissioning date of the unit (Start Date)]
Time_Since_Last_Inspection = Years Since Last Lining Inspection

7.21.3.1 Damage Drivers


BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected
BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected
Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating
Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 184 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.21.3.2 Analysis Results


Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type,
computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category
Date (the date of the last inspection)
DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type
Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type

7.21.3.3 Risk Summary


Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage
Mechanisms
POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency
COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF)
Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to
determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD
Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix
Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area
Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk

7.21.3.4 What-If Fields


Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 185 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.

7.21.3.5 FORM ACTIONS


SAVE
1. Change existing data to new values
2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form
3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel
4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved
5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message
HELP
View this form help screen
DELETE
Delete this Damage Form from the database
CALCULATE
Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is
activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and
results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 186 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22 Cracking Damage Mechanism Forms


From this form you can select the type of Cracking observed:
• Amine,
• Carbonate,
• Caustic,
• Chloride,
• HIC SOHIC H2S,
• HIC SOHIC HF,
• HSC HF,
• Other,
• Polythionic, or
• SSC H2S

Damage forms are available based upon the component material. If both a base and a cladding thickness
are specified then all types of cracking are enabled.

Amine Carbonate Caustic Chloride HIC/SOHIC HIC/SOHIC HSC Polythionic SSC Other
H2S HF HF Acid H2S
CS CS CS HA CS CS CS HA CS HA
LC LC LC NF LC LC LC NF LC NF
CS
LC
HC

CS - Carbon Steel
LC - Low Chrome
HC – High Chrome
NF - Non Ferrous
HA - High Alloy

When a component has been calculated, the tab for the cracking mechanism that has the largest DF is
turned Green. Other cracking mechanisms that have a DF greater that 0 will be turned white.

This form presents the following groups of information:


• Input data requirements are displayed in the top left column and vary based upon the type of
cracking.
• Damage Drivers are summarized in the right top column.
• Analysis results and a Risk summary are presented in the lower half of the screen.
• Form Actions are at the bottom.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 187 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22.1 Amine Cracking

7.22.1.1 Input Fields


Component = The user name for this Component
Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input)
Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input)
What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the
database.
Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage
mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case.
Amine_Crack_Type = Amine Type (Monoethanolamine -- MEA, Diethanolamine -- DEA, OR DIPA or
OTHER)
Solution_Type = Solution Type choice of Rich, Lean, Fresh
Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking
Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type
Detected = Cracking Detected; If Susceptibility=Detected; then Detected=HIGH, otherwise it is blank
Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 188 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22.1.2 Damage Drivers


BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected
BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected
Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating
Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Heat_Tracing = Option Flag to indicate Heat Tracing (equipment is steam-traced or electric-traced -- e.g.
for freeze protection)
Steam_Out = Option Flag to indicate Steam Out (equipment has been steamed-out prior to water flushing
to remove residual caustic)
PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT)

7.22.1.3 Analysis Results


Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a
running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections
No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past
Inspections Will Be Considered
Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type,
computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category
Date (the date of the last inspection)
DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type
Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type

7.22.1.4 Risk Summary


Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage
Mechanisms
POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency
COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF)
Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to
determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD
Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix
Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area
Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 189 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22.1.5 What-If Fields


Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Heat_Tracing = Option Flag to indicate Heat Tracing (equipment is steam-traced or electric-traced -- e.g.
for freeze protection)
Steam_Out = Option Flag to indicate Steam Out (equipment has been steamed-out prior to water flushing
to remove residual caustic)
PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT)

7.22.1.6 FORM ACTIONS


SAVE
1. Change existing data to new values
2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form
3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel
4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved
5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message
HELP
View this form help screen
DELETE
Delete this Damage Form from the database
CALCULATE
Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is
activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and
results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 190 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22.2 Carbonate Cracking

7.22.2.1 Input Fields


Component = The user name for this Component
Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input)
Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input)
What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the
database.
Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage
mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case.
Water = Option Flag to indicate the presence of free water in the equipment/piping. Consider not only
normal operating conditions, but also startup, shutdown, process upsets, etc
H2S = Option Flag to indicate the presence of at least 50 ppm of H2S in water phase in this
equipment/piping.
pH = (pH :pH) PH of Water (LT 7.6 is the default, 7.6-8.3, 8.4-9.0, or GT 9)
CO3_Concentration = (ppm : ppm) Carbonate Concentration
Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking
Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type
Detected = Cracking Detected; If Susceptibility=Detected; then Detected=HIGH, otherwise it is blank
Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 191 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22.2.2 Damage Drivers


BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected
BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected
Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating
Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Heat_Tracing = Option Flag to indicate Heat Tracing (equipment is steam-traced or electric-traced -- e.g.
for freeze protection)
PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT)

7.22.2.3 Analysis Results


Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a
running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections
No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past
Inspections Will Be Considered
Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type,
computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category
Date (the date of the last inspection)
DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type
Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type

7.22.2.4 Risk Summary


Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage
Mechanisms
POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency
COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF)
Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to
determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD
Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix
Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area
Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 192 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22.2.5 What-If Fields


Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Heat_Tracing = Option Flag to indicate Heat Tracing (equipment is steam-traced or electric-traced -- e.g.
for freeze protection)
PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT)

7.22.2.6 FORM ACTIONS


SAVE
1. Change existing data to new values
2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form
3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel
4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved
5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message
HELP
View this form help screen
DELETE
Delete this Damage Form from the database
CALCULATE
Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is
activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and
results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 193 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22.3 Caustic Cracking

7.22.3.1 Input Fields


Component = The user name for this Component
Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input)
Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input)
What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the
database.
Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage
mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case.
NaOH_Conc = (wt% : wt%) NaOH Concentration Percent (Determines the concentration of caustic
solution being handled in this equipment/piping. Take into account whether heating or flashing of water
produces higher concentration) (Optional Input) Range is 0 wt% to 50 wt%
Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking
Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type
Detected = Cracking Detected; If Susceptibility=Detected; then Detected=HIGH, otherwise it is blank
Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 194 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22.3.2 Damage Drivers


BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected
BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected
Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating
Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Heat_Tracing = Option Flag to indicate Heat Tracing (equipment is steam-traced or electric-traced -- e.g.
for freeze protection)
Steam_Out = Option Flag to indicate Steam Out (equipment has been steamed-out prior to water flushing
to remove residual caustic)
PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT)

7.22.3.3 Analysis Results


Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a
running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections
No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past
Inspections Will Be Considered
Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type,
computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category
Date (the date of the last inspection)
DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type
Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type

7.22.3.4 Risk Summary


Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage
Mechanisms
POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency
COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF)
Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to
determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD
Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix
Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area
Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 195 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22.3.5 What-If Fields


Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Heat_Tracing = Option Flag to indicate Heat Tracing (equipment is steam-traced or electric-traced -- e.g.
for freeze protection)
Steam_Out = Option Flag to indicate Steam Out (equipment has been steamed-out prior to water flushing
to remove residual caustic)
PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT)

7.22.3.6 FORM ACTIONS


SAVE
6. Change existing data to new values
7. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form
8. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel
9. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved
10. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message
HELP
View this form help screen
DELETE
Delete this Damage Form from the database
CALCULATE
Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is
activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and
results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 196 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22.4 Chloride Cracking

7.22.4.1 Input Fields


Component = The user name for this Component
Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input)
Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input)
What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the
database.
Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage
mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case.
pH_Water_Cl = (pH :pH) PH of Water ( LT= 10, GT 10)
Cl_Concentration = (ppm : ppm) The Chloride Concentration in Water (LT 1 ppm, 1-10 ppm, 11-100
ppm, 101-1000 ppm, or GT 1000 ppm)
Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking
Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type
Detected = Cracking Detected; If Susceptibility=Detected; then Detected=HIGH, otherwise it is blank
Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 197 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22.4.2 Damage Drivers


BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected
BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected
Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating
Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.

7.22.4.3 Analysis Results


Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a
running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections
No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past
Inspections Will Be Considered
Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type,
computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category
Date (the date of the last inspection)
DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type
Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type

7.22.4.4 Risk Summary


Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage
Mechanisms
POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency
COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF)
Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to
determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD
Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix
Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area
Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 198 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22.4.5 What-If Fields


Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.

7.22.4.6 FORM ACTIONS


SAVE
1. Change existing data to new values
2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form
3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel
4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved
5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message
HELP
View this form help screen
DELETE
Delete this Damage Form from the database
CALCULATE
Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is
activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and
results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 199 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22.5 HIC SOHIC H2S

7.22.5.1 Input Fields


Component = The user name for this Component
Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input)
Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input)
What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the
database.
Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage
mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case.
Water = Option Flag to indicate the presence of free water in the equipment/piping. Consider not only
normal operating conditions, but also startup, shutdown, process upsets, etc
H2S_Content = (ppm : ppm) H2S Content of Water (LT 50 ppm -- default, 50-1000 ppm, 1000-10000
ppm, or GT10000 ppm)
pH_Water = (pH :pH) PH of Water (LT 5.5 is the default, 5.5-7.5, 7.6-8.3, 8.4-9.0, or GT 9)
Cyanides = Option Flag to indicate the presence of cyanides
Sulfur_Content = Sulfur content of material (HIGH -- GT 0.01% Default; LOW -- 0.01-0.002%S; ULTRA
LOW -- LT 0.002%S)
Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking
Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type
Detected = Cracking Detected; If Susceptibility=Detected; then Detected=HIGH, otherwise it is blank
Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 200 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22.5.2 Damage Drivers


BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected
BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected
Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating
Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT)
Toxic_Model = Toxic Model Identification (Such as H2S, HF, AMMONIA, CL, EO, PO, NO2, HCL, TDI,
etc.) (Must be input)
Percent_Toxic = Percentage Of Toxic Fluid In Operating Stream (%) (Optional Input)

7.22.5.3 Analysis Results


Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a
running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections
No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past
Inspections Will Be Considered
Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type,
computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category
Date (the date of the last inspection)
DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type
Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type

7.22.5.4 Risk Summary


Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage
Mechanisms
POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency
COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF)
Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to
determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD
Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix
Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area
Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 201 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22.5.5 What-If Fields


Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT)
Toxic_Model = Toxic Model Identification (Such as H2S, HF, AMMONIA, CL, EO, PO, NO2, HCL, TDI,
etc.) (Must be input)
Percent_Toxic = Percentage Of Toxic Fluid In Operating Stream (%) (Optional Input)

7.22.5.6 FORM ACTIONS


SAVE
1. Change existing data to new values
2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form
3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel
4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved
5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message
HELP
View this form help screen
DELETE
Delete this Damage Form from the database
CALCULATE
Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is
activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and
results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 202 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22.6 HIC SOHIC HF

7.22.6.1 Input Fields


Component = The user name for this Component
Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input)
Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input)
What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the
database.
Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage
mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case.
Sulfur_Content = Sulfur content of material (HIGH -- GT 0.01% Default; LOW -- 0.01-0.002%S; ULTRA
LOW -- LT 0.002%S)
Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking
Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type
Detected = Cracking Detected; If Susceptibility=Detected; then Detected=HIGH, otherwise it is blank
Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 203 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22.6.2 Damage Drivers


BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected
BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected
Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating
Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown,
Or Upset Conditions. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value
PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT)
Toxic_Model = Toxic Model Identification (Such as H2S, HF, AMMONIA, CL, EO, PO, NO2, HCL, TDI,
etc.) (Must be input)
Percent_Toxic = Percentage Of Toxic Fluid In Operating Stream (%) (Optional Input)

7.22.6.3 Analysis Results


Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a
running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections
No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past
Inspections Will Be Considered
Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type,
computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category
Date (the date of the last inspection)
DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type
Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type

7.22.6.4 Risk Summary


Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage
Mechanisms
POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency
COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF)
Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to
determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD
Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix
Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area
Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 204 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22.6.5 What-If Fields


Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown,
Or Upset Conditions. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value
PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT)
Toxic_Model = Toxic Model Identification (Such as H2S, HF, AMMONIA, CL, EO, PO, NO2, HCL, TDI,
etc.) (Must be input)
Percent_Toxic = Percentage Of Toxic Fluid In Operating Stream (%) (Optional Input)

7.22.6.6 FORM ACTIONS


SAVE
1. Change existing data to new values
2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form
3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel
4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved
5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message
HELP
View this form help screen
DELETE
Delete this Damage Form from the database
CALCULATE
Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is
activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and
results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 205 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22.7 HSC HF

7.22.7.1 Input Fields


Component = The user name for this Component
Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input)
Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input)
What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the
database.
Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage
mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case.
BRNH = (bnh :bnh) Brinnell Hardness of Welds (200-237, GT 237, or LT 200 is default)
Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking
Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type
Detected = Cracking Detected; If Susceptibility=Detected; then Detected=HIGH, otherwise it is blank
Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 206 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22.7.2 Damage Drivers


BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected
BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected
Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating
Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown,
Or Upset Conditions. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value
PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT)
Toxic_Model = Toxic Model Identification (Such as H2S, HF, AMMONIA, CL, EO, PO, NO2, HCL, TDI,
etc.) (Must be input)
Percent_Toxic = Percentage Of Toxic Fluid In Operating Stream (%) (Optional Input)

7.22.7.3 Analysis Results


Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a
running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections
No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past
Inspections Will Be Considered
Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type,
computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category
Date (the date of the last inspection)
DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type
Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type

7.22.7.4 Risk Summary


Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage
Mechanisms
POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency
COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF)
Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to
determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD
Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix
Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area
Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 207 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22.7.5 What-If Fields


Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown,
Or Upset Conditions. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value
PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT)
Toxic_Model = Toxic Model Identification (Such as H2S, HF, AMMONIA, CL, EO, PO, NO2, HCL, TDI,
etc.) (Must be input)
Percent_Toxic = Percentage Of Toxic Fluid In Operating Stream (%) (Optional Input)

7.22.7.6 FORM ACTIONS


SAVE
1. Change existing data to new values
2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form
3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel
4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved
5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message
HELP
View this form help screen
DELETE
Delete this Damage Form from the database
CALCULATE
Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is
activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and
results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 208 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22.8 Other Cracking

7.22.8.1 Input Fields


Component = The user name for this Component
Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input)
Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input)
What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the
database.
Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage
mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case.
Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking
Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type
Detected = Cracking Detected; If Susceptibility=Detected; then Detected=HIGH, otherwise it is blank
Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 209 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22.8.2 Damage Drivers


BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected
BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected
Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating
Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT)

7.22.8.3 Analysis Results


Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a
running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections
No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past
Inspections Will Be Considered
Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type,
computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category
Date (the date of the last inspection)
DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type
Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type

7.22.8.4 Risk Summary


Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage
Mechanisms
POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency
COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF)
Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to
determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD
Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix
Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area
Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 210 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22.8.5 What-If Fields


Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT)

7.22.8.6 FORM ACTIONS


SAVE
1. Change existing data to new values
2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form
3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel
4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved
5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message
HELP
View this form help screen
DELETE
Delete this Damage Form from the database
CALCULATE
Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is
activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and
results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 211 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22.9 Polythionic Cracking

7.22.9.1 Input Fields


Component = The user name for this Component
Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input)
Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input)
What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the
database.
Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage
mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case.
System_Status = Condition for assessment; Operating (default) or Shutdown
NACE_Protection = Option Flag to indicate protection using NACE RP 0170
Thermal_History = Thermal History of the material. Choose whether solution annealed (default value) or
thermal stabilization heat treatment was performed before or after welding
Sulfides_Moisture_Oxygen_During_Shutdown = Option Flag to indicate the presence of Sulfides,
Moisture, and Oxygen
Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking
Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type
Detected = Cracking Detected; If Susceptibility=Detected; then Detected=HIGH, otherwise it is blank
Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 212 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22.9.2 Damage Drivers


BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected
BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected
Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating
Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.

7.22.9.3 Analysis Results


Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a
running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections
No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past
Inspections Will Be Considered
Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type,
computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category
Date (the date of the last inspection)
DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type
Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type

7.22.9.4 Risk Summary


Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage
Mechanisms
POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency
COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF)
Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to
determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD
Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix
Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area
Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 213 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22.9.5 What-If Fields


Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.

7.22.9.6 FORM ACTIONS


SAVE
1. Change existing data to new values
2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form
3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel
4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved
5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message
HELP
View this form help screen
DELETE
Delete this Damage Form from the database
CALCULATE
Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is
activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and
results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 214 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22.10 SSC H2S

7.22.10.1 Input Fields


Component = The user name for this Component
Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input)
Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input)
What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the
database.
Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage
mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case.
Water = Option Flag to indicate the presence of free water in the equipment/piping. Consider not only
normal operating conditions, but also startup, shutdown, process upsets, etc
H2S_Content = (ppm : ppm) H2S Content of Water (LT 50 ppm -- default, 50-1000 ppm, 1000-10000
ppm, or GT10000 ppm)
pH_Water = (pH :pH) PH of Water (LT 5.5 is the default, 5.5-7.5, 7.6-8.3, 8.4-9.0, or GT 9)
Cyanides = Option Flag to indicate the presence of cyanides
BRNH = (bnh :bnh) Brinnell Hardness of Welds (200-237, GT 237, or LT 200 is default)
Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking
Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type
Detected = Cracking Detected; If Susceptibility=Detected; then Detected=HIGH, otherwise it is blank
Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 215 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22.10.2 Damage Drivers


BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected
BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected
Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating
Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT)
Toxic_Model = Toxic Model Identification (Such as H2S, HF, AMMONIA, CL, EO, PO, NO2, HCL, TDI,
etc.) (Must be input)
Percent_Toxic = Percentage Of Toxic Fluid In Operating Stream (%) (Optional Input)

7.22.10.3 Analysis Results


Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a
running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections
No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past
Inspections Will Be Considered
Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type,
computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category
Date (the date of the last inspection)
DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type
Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type

7.22.10.4 Risk Summary


Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage
Mechanisms
POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency
COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF)
Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to
determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD
Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix
Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area
Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 216 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.22.10.5 What-If Fields


Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT)
Toxic_Model = Toxic Model Identification (Such as H2S, HF, AMMONIA, CL, EO, PO, NO2, HCL, TDI,
etc.) (Must be input)
Percent_Toxic = Percentage Of Toxic Fluid In Operating Stream (%) (Optional Input)

7.22.10.6 FORM ACTIONS


SAVE
1. Change existing data to new values
2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form
3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel
4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved
5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message
HELP
View this form help screen
DELETE
Delete this Damage Form from the database
CALCULATE
Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is
activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and
results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 217 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.23 External Damage


From this form you can select the type of External Damage observed:
Damage Types are greyed out as a function of the Insulation Flag (Component Form) and the material
selected for the component.
If the insulation flag is Yes then only the CUI (Corrosion Under Insulation Damage form are available).
If the material is Carbon Steel (CS) or Low Chrome (LC) then only CUI Carbon and Low Alloy Steels is
available,
If the material is High Alloy (HA) then only CUI Austenitic Stainless Steels is available,
If the insulation flag is No then only the External Corrosion or External SCC Damage form are available).
If the material is Carbon Steel (CS) or Low Chrome (LC) then only External Corrosion Carbon and Low
Alloys Steels is available,
If the material is High Alloy (HA) then only External SCC of Austenitic Stainless Steels is available,
This form presents the following groups of information:
• Input data requirements are displayed in the top left column and vary based upon the type of
external damage
• Damage Drivers are summarized in the right top column.
• Analysis results and a Risk summary are presented in the lower half of the screen.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 218 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.23.1 CUI Austenitic Stainless Steels

7.23.1.1 Input Fields


Component = The user name for this Component
Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input)
Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input)
What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the
database.
Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage
mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case.
External_Environment = Required input to indicate the Driver for External Corrosion
Coating_Installation_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) Coating Installation Date (Optional Input)
Complexity = The Option Flag to indicate Complexity. It is based on the Number of Branches (Below
Average, Above Average, or Average -- Default)
Insulation_Condition_ID = The unique record identifier for the Insulation_Condition_Table
Chloride_In_Insulation = Option Flag to indicate Chloride Free Insulation
Coating_Quality = Option Flag to indicate Coating Quality Adjustment
Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking
Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type
Detected = Cracking Detected; If Susceptibility=Detected; then Detected=HIGH, otherwise it is blank
Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 219 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.23.1.2 Damage Drivers


BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected
BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected
Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating
Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.

7.23.1.3 Analysis Results


Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a
running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections
No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past
Inspections Will Be Considered
Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type,
computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category
Date (the date of the last inspection)
DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type
Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type

7.23.1.4 Risk Summary


Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage
Mechanisms
POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency
COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF)
Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to
determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD
Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix
Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area
Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 220 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.23.1.5 What-If Fields


Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.

7.23.1.6 FORM ACTIONS


SAVE
1. Change existing data to new values
2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form
3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel
4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved
5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message
HELP
View this form help screen
DELETE
Delete this Damage Form from the database
CALCULATE
Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is
activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and
results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 221 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.23.2 CUI Carbon and Low Alloy Steels

7.23.2.1 Input Fields


Component = The user name for this Component
Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input)
Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input)
What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the
database.
Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage
mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case.
Corrosion_Rate = Option Flag to indicate How the Base Material Corrosion Rate is Computed
BM_Estimated_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Base Material Estimated Corrosion Rate
BM_Measured_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Base Material Measured Corrosion Rate (Optional Input)
BM_Calculated_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Base Material Calculated Corrosion Rate
External_Environment = Required input to indicate the Driver for External Corrosion
Coating_Installation_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) Coating Installation Date (Optional Input)
Pipe_Support_Penalty = Pipe Support Indicator used to compute Corrosion Rate Penalty For Pipe
Supports
Complexity = The Option Flag to indicate Complexity. It is based on the Number of Branches (Below
Average, Above Average, or Average -- Default)
Insulation_Condition = Option Flag to indicate insulation condition
Coating_Quality = Option Flag to indicate Coating Quality Adjustment
Soil_Water_Interface_Penalty = Interface Indicator Option used to Compute Corrosion Rate Penalty Due
To Soil/Water Interface

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 222 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.23.2.2 Damage Drivers


BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected
BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected
Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating
Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Design_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Design Pressure can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Pressure
depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Pressure represents the Shellside
Pressure, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE,
then Design Pressure represents Tubeside Pressure. Design Pressure is only used in calculations if
Operating Pressure is not provided.
Component_Start_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd : yyyy-mm-dd) The Service Start Date, typically the
commissioning date of the unit
Furnished_Thk = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. The Furnished Thickness is the
total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal
Thickness must be specified. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both
specified, then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations
Insp_Date = Inspection Date for Selected Inspection Type
Measured_Thickness = (in : mm) Thickness at Inspection Date. This Is the Thickness measured at the
time of the inspection. It includes the Cladding or Weld Overlay Thickness, as applicable, and is only
valid for inspection categories A and B
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Operating_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition
Form. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used.

7.23.2.3 Analysis Results


Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a
running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections
No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past
Inspections Will Be Considered
Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type,
computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category
Date (the date of the last inspection)
DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type
Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type

7.23.2.4 Risk Summary


Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage
Mechanisms
POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency
COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF)
Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to
determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD
Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix
Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area
Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide Page 223 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.23.2.5 What-If Fields


Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Design_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Design Pressure can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Pressure
depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Pressure represents the Shellside
Pressure, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE,
then Design Pressure represents Tubeside Pressure. Design Pressure is only used in calculations if
Operating Pressure is not provided.
Component_Start_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd : yyyy-mm-dd) The Service Start Date, typically the
commissioning date of the unit
Furnished_Thk = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. The Furnished Thickness is the
total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal
Thickness must be specified. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both
specified, then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations
Insp_Date = Inspection Date for Selected Inspection Type
Measured_Thickness = (in : mm) Thickness at Inspection Date. This Is the Thickness measured at the
time of the inspection. It includes the Cladding or Weld Overlay Thickness, as applicable, and is only
valid for inspection categories A and B
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Operating_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition
Form. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 224 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.23.2.6 FORM ACTIONS


SAVE
1. Change existing data to new values
2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form
3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel
4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved
5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message
HELP
View this form help screen
DELETE
Delete this Damage Form from the database
CALCULATE
Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is
activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and
results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 225 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.23.3 External SCC Austenitic Stainless Steels

7.23.3.1 Input Fields


Component = The user name for this Component
Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input)
Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input)
What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the
database.
Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage
mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case.
External_Environment = Required input to indicate the Driver for External Corrosion
Coating_Installation_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) Coating Installation Date (Optional Input)
Coating_Quality = Option Flag to indicate Coating Quality Adjustment
Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking
Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type
Detected = Cracking Detected; If Susceptibility=Detected; then Detected=HIGH, otherwise it is blank
Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 226 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.23.3.2 Damage Drivers


BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected
BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected
Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating
Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.

7.23.3.3 Analysis Results


Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a
running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections
No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past
Inspections Will Be Considered
Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type,
computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category
Date (the date of the last inspection)
DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type
Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type

7.23.3.4 Risk Summary


Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage
Mechanisms
POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency
COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF)
Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to
determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD
Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix
Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area
Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 227 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.23.3.5 What-If Fields


Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.

7.23.3.6 FORM ACTIONS


SAVE
1. Change existing data to new values
2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form
3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel
4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved
5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message
HELP
View this form help screen
DELETE
Delete this Damage Form from the database
CALCULATE
Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is
activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and
results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 228 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.23.4 External Corrosion Carbon and Low Alloy

7.23.4.1 Input Fields


Component = The user name for this Component
Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input)
Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input)
What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the
database.
Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage
mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case.
Corrosion_Rate = Option Flag to indicate How the Base Material Corrosion Rate is Computed
BM_Estimated_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Base Material Estimated Corrosion Rate
BM_Measured_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Base Material Measured Corrosion Rate (Optional Input)
BM_Calculated_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Base Material Calculated Corrosion Rate
External_Environment = Required input to indicate the Driver for External Corrosion
Coating_Installation_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) Coating Installation Date (Optional Input)
Pipe_Support_Penalty = Pipe Support Indicator used to compute Corrosion Rate Penalty For Pipe
Supports
Coating_Quality = Option Flag to indicate Coating Quality Adjustment
Soil_Water_Interface_Penalty = Interface Indicator Option used to Compute Corrosion Rate Penalty Due
To Soil/Water Interface

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 229 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.23.4.2 Damage Drivers


BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected
BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected
Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating
Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Design_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Design Pressure can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Pressure
depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Pressure represents the Shellside
Pressure, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE,
then Design Pressure represents Tubeside Pressure. Design Pressure is only used in calculations if
Operating Pressure is not provided.
Component_Start_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd : yyyy-mm-dd) The Service Start Date, typically the
commissioning date of the unit
Furnished_Thk = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. The Furnished Thickness is the
total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal
Thickness must be specified. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both
specified, then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations
Insp_Date = Inspection Date for Selected Inspection Type
Measured_Thickness = (in : mm) Thickness at Inspection Date. This Is the Thickness measured at the
time of the inspection. It includes the Cladding or Weld Overlay Thickness, as applicable, and is only
valid for inspection categories A and B
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Operating_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition
Form. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used.

7.23.4.3 Analysis Results


Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a
running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections
No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past
Inspections Will Be Considered
Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type,
computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category
Date (the date of the last inspection)
DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type
Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type

7.23.4.4 Risk Summary


Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage
Mechanisms
POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency
COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF)
Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to
determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD
Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix
Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area
Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide Page 230 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.23.4.5 What-If Fields


Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Design_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Design Pressure can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Pressure
depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Pressure represents the Shellside
Pressure, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE,
then Design Pressure represents Tubeside Pressure. Design Pressure is only used in calculations if
Operating Pressure is not provided.
Component_Start_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd : yyyy-mm-dd) The Service Start Date, typically the
commissioning date of the unit
Furnished_Thk = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. The Furnished Thickness is the
total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal
Thickness must be specified. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both
specified, then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations
Insp_Date = Inspection Date for Selected Inspection Type
Measured_Thickness = (in : mm) Thickness at Inspection Date. This Is the Thickness measured at the
time of the inspection. It includes the Cladding or Weld Overlay Thickness, as applicable, and is only
valid for inspection categories A and B
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Operating_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition
Form. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 231 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.23.4.6 FORM ACTIONS


SAVE
1. Change existing data to new values
2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form
3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel
4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved
5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message
HELP
View this form help screen
DELETE
Delete this Damage Form from the database
CALCULATE
Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is
activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and
results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 232 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.24 Brittle Fracture Damage Mechanism Forms


From this form you can select the type of Brittle Fracture observed:
• 885 Embrittlement,
• Low Temperature Brittle Fracture,
• Sigma Phase Embrittlement, or
• Temper Embrittlement.

The component material is one of the determining factors in whether a component is vulnerable to brittle
fracture mechanisms. The following table defines this vulnerability.

Low Temperature 885 Sigma Temper Embrittlement


CS HC HA LC
LC HC
DP

CS – Carbon Steel
LC – Low Chrome
HC – High Chrome
NF – Non Ferrous
HA – High Alloy
DP – Duplex

This form presents the following groups of information:


• Input data requirements are displayed in the top left column and vary based upon the type of Brittle
Fracture Damage.
• Damage Drivers are summarized in the right top column.
• Analysis results and a Risk summary are presented in the lower half of the screen.
• Form Actions are at the bottom.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 233 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.24.1 885 Embrittlement

7.24.1.1 Input Fields


Component = The user name for this Component
Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input)
Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input)
What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the
database.
Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage
mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case.
Tref = (°F : °C) Reference Temperature for 885 Embrittlement (Optional Input)
Administrative_Controls = Option Flag to indicate whether Administrative or Process Controls exist that
will prevent the equipment from being fully pressurized below some temperature

7.24.1.2 Damage Drivers


BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected
BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected
Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating
Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown,
Or Upset Conditions. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide Page 234 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.

7.24.1.3 Analysis Results


DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type
Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type

7.24.1.4 Risk Summary


Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage
Mechanisms
POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency
COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF)
Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to
determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD
Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix
Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area
Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 235 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.24.1.5 What-If Fields


Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown,
Or Upset Conditions. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.

7.24.1.6 FORM ACTIONS


SAVE
1. Change existing data to new values
2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form
3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel
4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved
5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message
HELP
View this form help screen
DELETE
Delete this Damage Form from the database
CALCULATE
Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is
activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and
results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 236 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.24.2 Low Temperature

7.24.2.1 Input Fields


Component = The user name for this Component
Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input)
Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input)
What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the
database.
Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage
mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case.
CVN_Temp = (°F : °C) CVN Impact Test Temperature; Default Value is 999.0
Administrative_Controls = Option Flag to indicate whether Administrative or Process Controls exist that
will prevent the equipment from being fully pressurized below some temperature
Service_Experience_Adjustment = Option Flag to indicate that a Damage Factor Adjustment will be made
based on successful service experience

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 237 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.24.2.2 Damage Drivers


BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected
BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected
Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating
Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown,
Or Upset Conditions. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value
Furnished_Thk = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. The Furnished Thickness is the
total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal
Thickness must be specified. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both
specified, then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
MDMT = (°F : °C) Minimum Design Metal Temperature (MDMT) can represent either Tubeside or
Shellside values depending on Equipment Type. MDMT will represent Shellside values ONLY WHEN
Equipment Type = Heat Exchanger (Optional Input)
PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT)

7.24.2.3 Analysis Results


DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type
Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type

7.24.2.4 Risk Summary


Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage
Mechanisms
POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency
COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF)
Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to
determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD
Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix
Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area
Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 238 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.24.2.5 What-If Fields


Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown,
Or Upset Conditions. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value
Furnished_Thk = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. The Furnished Thickness is the
total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal
Thickness must be specified. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both
specified, then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
MDMT = (°F : °C) Minimum Design Metal Temperature (MDMT) can represent either Tubeside or
Shellside values depending on Equipment Type. MDMT will represent Shellside values ONLY WHEN
Equipment Type = Heat Exchanger (Optional Input)
PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT)

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 239 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.24.2.6 FORM ACTIONS


SAVE
1. Change existing data to new values
2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form
3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel
4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved
5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message
HELP
View this form help screen
DELETE
Delete this Damage Form from the database
CALCULATE
Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is
activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and
results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 240 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.24.3 Sigma Phase

7.24.3.1 Input Fields


Component = The user name for this Component
Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input)
Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input)
What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the
database.
Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage
mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case.
Sigma_Amount = Amount of Sigma Phase Embrittlement; Values are High ( GT= 10%), Medium ( GT=
5%, LT 10%), or Low ( GT 1%, LT 5% -- default). See Table L-15 in the BRD.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 241 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.24.3.2 Damage Drivers


BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected
BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected
Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating
Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Maximum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Maximum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown,
Or Upset Conditions
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
MDMT = (°F : °C) Minimum Design Metal Temperature (MDMT) can represent either Tubeside or
Shellside values depending on Equipment Type. MDMT will represent Shellside values ONLY WHEN
Equipment Type = Heat Exchanger (Optional Input)

7.24.3.3 Analysis Results


DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type
Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type

7.24.3.4 Risk Summary


Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage
Mechanisms
POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency
COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF)
Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to
determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD
Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix
Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area
Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 242 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.24.3.5 What-If Fields


Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Maximum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Maximum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown,
Or Upset Conditions
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.

7.24.3.6 FORM ACTIONS


SAVE
1. Change existing data to new values
2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form
3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel
4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved
5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message
HELP
View this form help screen
DELETE
Delete this Damage Form from the database
CALCULATE
Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is
activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and
results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 243 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.24.4 Temper Embrittlement

7.24.4.1 Input Fields


Component = The user name for this Component
Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input)
Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input)
What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the
database.
Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage
mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case.
CVN_Temp = (°F : °C) CVN Impact Test Temperature; Default Value is 999.0
DFATT = (°F : °C) Fracture Appearance Transition Temperature (FATT) F; FATT is based on material
type, metallurgical condition, operating temperature and time in service provided in the BRD Supplement.
Better information can be specified, if known. The value will be used in all calculations, if specified
(Optional Input) (Default = 999)
SCE = (°F : °C) The Delta Temperature specified for a step cooling test. The value for Delta
Temperature is used in all calculations ONLY if Fracture Appearance Transition Temperature is NOT
Selected. The default value is 999.0
J_Factor = Material J-Factor used ONLY for 2-1/4Cr-1Mo; DO NOT USE IF Fracture Appearance
Transition Temperature or Delta Temperature for Step Cooling Test are specified
Percent_Silicon = Weight Percent Silicon, used to compute Material J-Factor, ONLY for 2-1/4Cr-1Mo. Do
NOT use if either Fracture Appearance Transition Temperature or Delta Temperature Specified For Step
Cooling Test are specified
Percent_Manganese = Weight Percent Manganese, use ONLY for 2-1/4Cr-1Mo
Percent_Phosphorous = Weight Percent Phosphorous, used ONLY for 2-1/4Cr-1Mo
Percent_Tin = Weight Percent Tin, used ONLY for 2-1/4Cr-1Mo
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide Page 244 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.24.4.2 Damage Drivers


BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected
BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected
Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating
Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Maximum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Maximum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown,
Or Upset Conditions
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
MDMT = (°F : °C) Minimum Design Metal Temperature (MDMT) can represent either Tubeside or
Shellside values depending on Equipment Type. MDMT will represent Shellside values ONLY WHEN
Equipment Type = Heat Exchanger (Optional Input)

7.24.4.3 Analysis Results


DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type
Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type

7.24.4.4 Risk Summary


Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage
Mechanisms
POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency
COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF)
Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to
determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD
Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix
Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area
Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 245 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.24.4.5 What-If Fields


Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown,
Or Upset Conditions. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value
Furnished_Thk = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. The Furnished Thickness is the
total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal
Thickness must be specified. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both
specified, then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
MDMT = (°F : °C) Minimum Design Metal Temperature (MDMT) can represent either Tubeside or
Shellside values depending on Equipment Type. MDMT will represent Shellside values ONLY WHEN
Equipment Type = Heat Exchanger (Optional Input)
PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT)

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 246 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.24.4.6 FORM ACTIONS


SAVE
1. Change existing data to new values
2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form
3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel
4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved
5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message
HELP
View this form help screen
DELETE
Delete this Damage Form from the database
CALCULATE
Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is
activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and
results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 247 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.25 HTHA
This form contains data for High Temperature Hydrogen Attack (HTHA)
This form presents the following groups of information:
• Input data requirements are displayed in the top left column .
• Damage Drivers are summarized in the right top column.
• Analysis results and a Risk summary are presented in the lower half of the screen.

7.25.1.1 Input Fields


Component = The user name for this Component
Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input)
Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input)
What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the
database.
Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage
mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case.
HTHA = Option Flag to indicate High Temperature Hydrogen Attack (HTHA) calculations

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 248 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.25.1.2 Damage Drivers


BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected
BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected
Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating
Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure
Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Hydrogen_Partial_Pres = (psig : MPa) Hydrogen Partial Pressure is only used for assessment of High
Temperature Hydrogen Attack (HTHA)

7.25.1.3 Analysis Results


Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a
running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections
No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past
Inspections Will Be Considered
Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type,
computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category
Date (the date of the last inspection)
DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type
Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type

7.25.1.4 Risk Summary


Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage
Mechanisms
POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency
COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF)
Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to
determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD
Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix
Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area
Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 249 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.25.1.5 What-If Fields


Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside
Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature
represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component
Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design
Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Hydrogen_Partial_Pres = (psig : MPa) Hydrogen Partial Pressure is only used for assessment of High
Temperature Hydrogen Attack (HTHA)

7.25.1.6 FORM ACTIONS


SAVE
1. Change existing data to new values
2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form
3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel
4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved
5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message
HELP
View this form help screen
DELETE
Delete this Damage Form from the database
CALCULATE
Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is
activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and
results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 250 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.26 Mechanical Fatigue


This form contains data for Mechanical Fatigue. This form is only available for Equipment Type = Pipe or
Tube/NS Pipe.
This form presents the following groups of information:
• Input data requirements are displayed in the top left column
• Damage Drivers are summarized in the right top column.
• Analysis results and a Risk summary are presented in the lower half of the screen.

7.26.1.1 Input Fields


Component = The user name for this Component
Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input)
Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input)
What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the
database.
Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage
mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case.
No_Fatigue_Failures = Previous Number Of Fatigue Failures (Optional Input)
Shaking = Shaking Choice for amount of Shaking Minor, Moderate, Severe
Shaking_Duration_weeks = (weeks :weeks) Shaking Duration defined as the number of weeks pipe has
been shaking (Optional Input)

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 251 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.26.1.2 Damage Drivers


Force_Type = Type of Cyclic Stress Force -- None, Reciprocating Machinery (RM), RV Chatter, Valve
Chatter) connected directly or indirectly within 50 feet of the pipe
Corrective_Action = Modifications based on Engineering Analysis, Experience, None
Piping_System_Complexity = Complexity based on 50 feet of pipe with 0- 5 branches, 5 - 10 branches, >
10 branches
Branch_Design = Branch Design (SW, Saddle On, Saddle in, Weldolet, Welding Tee, or Threaded --
deault) See Table K-9 in the BRD
Pipe_Condition = Pipe Condition (Damaged Supports, Unsupported, Broken Gussets, Welded Gussets,
or Good Condition - default)
Branch_Diameter = (in : mm) Branch Diameter (in or mm) ( LT= 2 is default, or = GT 2) See Table K-11
in the BRD

7.26.1.3 Analysis Results


DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type
Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type

7.26.1.4 Risk Summary


Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage
Mechanisms
POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency
COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF)
Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to
determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD
Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix
Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area
Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk

7.26.1.5 FORM ACTIONS


SAVE
1. Change existing data to new values
2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form
3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel
4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved
5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message
HELP
View this form help screen
DELETE
Delete this Damage Form from the database
CALCULATE
Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is
activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and
results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 252 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.27 Bundle Damage Assessment

7.27.1.1 Damage Drivers for Information Only


TS_Fluid_Name = Selected Fluid
TS_Process_Unit = Selected Process Unit
TS_Fluid_Category = Selected Fluid Category
TS_Fluid_Phase = Selected Fluid Phase
TS_Inlet_Temperature = Tubeside Inlet Temperature
TS_Outlet_Temperature =Tubeside Outlet Temperature
SS_Fluid_Name = Selected Fluid
SS_Process_Unit = Selected Process Unit
SS_Fluid_Category = Selected Fluid Category
SS_Fluid_Phase = Selected Fluid Phase
SS_Inlet_Temperature = Tubeside Inlet Temperature
SS_Outlet_Temperature =Tubeside Outlet Temperature
Furnished_Thk = Thickness of tube
Tube_Material = Selected Tube Material Spec.
Tube_Spec = Selected Tube Spec.

7.27.1.2
SS_Bundle_Asphaltenes_Polymer = Flag to indicate the presence of Asphaltenes Polymer in the
shellside fluid (Default is No).
SS_Bundle_Brine = Flag to indicate the presence of Brine in the shellside fluid (Default is No).
SS_Bundle_CO2= Flag to indicate the presence of CO2 on the shellside (Default is No).
SS_Bundle_Cyanides = Flag to indicate the presence of Cyanides in the shellside fluid (Default is No).
SS_Bundle_Dealloying = Flag to indicate the presence of Dealloying on the shellside (Default is No).

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 253 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

SS_Bundle_Erosive_Particles = Flag to indicate the presence of Erosive Particles in the shellside fluid
(Default is No).
SS_Bundle_H2S = Weight % H2S in the shellside fluid (Default is 0.0)
SS_Bundle_Naphthenic_Acid = Flag to indicate the presence of Naphthenic Acid on the shellside (Default
is No).
SS_Bundle_NH4Cl = Flag to indicate the presence of NH4Cl in the shellside fluid (Default is No).
SS_Bundle_NH4HS = Weight % NH4HS in the shellside fluid (Default is 0.0)
SS_Bundle_Oxidation = Flag to indicate the presence of Oxidation on the shellside (Default is No).
SS_Bundle_Salt_Deposits = Flag to indicate the presence of Salt Deposits on the shellside (Default is
No).
SS_Bundle_Sulfidation= Flag to indicate the presence of Sulfidation on the shellside (Default is No).
SS_Bundle_Sulfur = Mole % Sulfur in the shellside fluid (Default is 0.0)
SS_Bundle_Trace_Acid = Weight % Acid in the shellside fluid (Default is 0.0)
SS_Bundle_Trace_Caustic = Weight % Trace Caustic in the shellside fluid (Default is 0.0)
SS_Est_Corrosion_Severity = This is an estimate of corrosion severity on the shellside. This is only used
as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. Select from none, inert, mildly corrosive, moderately
corrosive, severely corrosive, unpredictable or localized
SS_Free_Water = Does the shellside fluid have any free water, Yes/No (Default is No).
TS_Bundle_Asphaltenes_Polymer =Flag to indicate the presence of Asphaltenes Polymer in the tubeside
fluid (Default is No).
TS_Bundle_Brine = Flag to indicate the presence of Brine in the tubeside fluid (Default is No).
TS_Bundle_CO2 = Flag to indicate the presence of CO2 on the tubeside (Default is No).
TS_Bundle_Cyanides = Flag to indicate the presence of Cyanides in the tubeside fluid (Default is No).
TS_Bundle_Dealloying = Flag to indicate the presence of Dealloying on the tubeside (Default is No).
TS_Bundle_Erosive_Particles = Flag to indicate the presence of Erosive Particles in the tubeside fluid
(Default is No).
TS_Bundle_H2S = Weight % H2S in the tubeside fluid (Default is 0.0)
TS_Bundle_Naphthenic_Acid = Flag to indicate the presence of Naphthenic Acid on the tubeside (Default
is No).
TS_Bundle_NH4Cl = Flag to indicate the presence of NH4Cl in the tubeside fluid (Default is No).
TS_Bundle_NH4HS = Weight % NH4HS in the tubeside fluid (Default is 0.0)
TS_Bundle_Oxidation = Flag to indicate the presence of Oxidation on the tubeside (Default is No).
TS_Bundle_Salt_Deposits = Flag to indicate the presence of Salt Deposits on the tubeside (Default is
No).
TS_Bundle_Sulfidation =Flag to indicate the presence of Sulfidation on the tubeside (Default is No).
TS_Bundle_Sulfur = Mole % Sulfur in the tubeside fluid (Default is 0.0)
TS_Bundle_Trace_Acid = Weight % Acid in the tubeside fluid (Default is 0.0)
TS_Bundle_Trace_Caustic = Weight % Trace Caustic in the tubeside fluid (Default is 0.0)
TS_Est_Corrosion_Severity = This is an estimate of corrosion severity on the tubeside.
TS_Free_Water = Does the tubeside fluid have any free water, Yes/No (Default is No).
Bundle_Life = Provide the bundle life for the bundle being evaluated (years). For inactive bundles, this
value is the key input to the reliability database and forms the basis for the weibull statistical calculations
for the active bundles. Required if the bundle is Inactive. Optional for active bundles.
Calculated_Bundle_Life = Years, This is the bundle life calculated using either of 3 methods, listed below
in order of control:1)use the User Specified MTTF (with or without a user specified Beta),2)use the user
specified Eta and Beta values,3)use the weibull statistical calcultion based on matching bundle set from
the reliablility database.
Control_Damage_Mechanism = Based on the review of the inspection history, this is the most prevalent
damage mechanism that controls the life of the bundle. This is only used as a matching criteria for the
reliability databases. Select from : Unknown, Corrosion, Pitting, Environmental Cracking, Erosion, Tube to
Tubesheet Failures, Mechanical Vibration, Underdeposit Corrosion , Severe Plugging/Fouling

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 254 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

User_Specified_MTTF = User specified Mean Time to Failure for bundle (years). This value is required if
a weibull curve, based on matching bundles from the reliability database, has not been generated from
the component weibull tab. If supplied, will govern the calculations.
User_Specified_Beta = User specified Weibull slope parameter. This value along with the user specified
MTTF will be used if a weibull curve, based on matching bundles from the reliability database, has not
been generated from the component weibull tab. If supplied along with the Eta value, will govern the
calculations. The default value is 2.5.
User_Specified_Eta = Yrs This value is only required if User Specified MTTF is not provide and a weibull
curve, based on matching bundles from the reliability database, has not been generated from the
component weibull tab. If supplied along with the Beta value, will govern the calculations.

7.27.1.3 FORM ACTIONS


SAVE
6. Change existing data to new values
7. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form
8. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel
9. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved
10. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message
HELP
View this form help screen
DELETE
Delete this Damage Form from the database

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 255 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.28 Inspection History

7.28.1 General Equipment Inspection History Tables

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 256 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.28.1.1 Input Fields


Insp_Date = Inspection Date for Selected Damage Type
THIN_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for Thinning Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E
-- E is the default)
THIN_Measured_Thickness = (in : mm) Thickness at Inspection Date. This Is the Thickness measured at
the time of the inspection. It includes the Cladding or Weld Overlay Thickness, as applicable, and is only
valid for inspection categories A and B
CRAKAmin_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for Amine Cracking Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A,
B, C, D, or E -- E is the default)
CRAKCarb_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for Carbonate Cracking Inspection Type at its Inspection
Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default)
CRAKCaus_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for Caustic Cracking Inspection Type at its Inspection Date
(A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default)
CRAKChlo_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for Chloride Cracking Inspection Type at its Inspection Date
(A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default)
CRAKHICS_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for HIC/SOHIC H2S Cracking Inspection Type at its
Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default)
CRAKHICF_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for HIC/SOHIC HF Cracking Inspection Type at its Inspection
Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default)
CRAKHSC_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for HSC HF Cracking Inspection Type at its Inspection Date
(A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default)
CRAKPTA_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for Polythionic Cracking Inspection Type at its Inspection Date
(A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default)
CRAKH2S_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for SSC H2S Cracking Inspection Type at its Inspection Date
(A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default)

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 257 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

CRAKOthr_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for Other Cracking Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A,
B, C, D, or E -- E is the default)
Inspection_History_Comments = User comments associated with the present Inspection Analysis
EXTF_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for External Ferritic Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C,
D, or E -- E is the default)
EXTF_Measured_Thickness = (in : mm) Thickness at Inspection Date. This Is the Thickness measured
at the time of the inspection. It includes the Cladding or Weld Overlay Thickness, as applicable, and is
only valid for inspection categories A and B
CUIF_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for CUI Ferritic Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or
E -- E is the default)
CUIF_Measured_Thickness = (in : mm) Thickness at Inspection Date. This Is the Thickness measured at
the time of the inspection. It includes the Cladding or Weld Overlay Thickness, as applicable, and is only
valid for inspection categories A and B
SCC_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for SCC Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E
is the default)
CUIA_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for CUI Austenitic Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D,
or E -- E is the default)
HTHA_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for HTHA Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E --
E is the default)
BRIT_Sigma_Amount = Sigma Amount at Inspection Date None, Low, Medium, High

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 258 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.28.2 Inspection History Tables– Bundle


To create an inspection history, edit the default row values to reflect the inspection information.

7.28.2.1 Input Fields


Event_Date = (yyy-mm-dd:yyy-mm-dd) Date for Revision event
Event_Type = Select type of event : Unknown, Planned S/D, Unplanned S/D, Bypass - No Rate Cut,Rate
Cut Online
Failure_Mode = Select from: None, Unknown, Tube Leak, Flohead Leak, General Thinning, Underdeposit
Corr., Tube End Thinning, Localized Pitting, Tube Joint Leak, Environ. Cracking, Flow-Induced Damage,
Handling Damage
Bundle_Leak = Was there a bundle leak discovered during the inspection? Enter Yes, No or Unknown.
(Default is Unknown)
Event_Action = Select action taken during the inspection. In general this is for informational purposes
only. However there are several actions listed that return the bundle back into service in an improved
condition - Plug Tubes, 180 Degree Bundle Rotation, Partial Retube, Installed Used Bundle or Total
Retube. When any of these actions are selected, the software will adjust the installation date by applying
a Life Extension Factor. This will modify the POF curve for the bundle. Select from: None, Clean Only,
Minor Repairs, Rerolled, Plugged Tubes, Rotated Bundle 180 Degree, Partial Retube, Retube - Same
Alloy, Retube - New Alloy, Replacement-in-Kind, Redesign - New Alloy, Redesign - Mechanical, Installed
Used Bundle
No_Of_Plugged_Tubes = Number of tubes plugged in this shutdown.
Note that this should not include tubes that are plugged due to mechanical/handling damage.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 259 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Inspection_Method = Inspection Method used in the inspection. Where possible, the inspection method
should be accompanied by an estimate for the Percent Inspected to provide a basis for grading the
inspection. Select from: Other, Visual Only, Random UT, IRIS, Remote Field, Eddy Current, Elliot
Gage/Caliper, MFL
Percent_Tubes_Inspected = Estimate of the extent of inspection.
Inspection_Effectiveness = Effectiveness of inspection, select : A, B, C, D
Percent_Wall_Loss = Percent of wall loss, determined as [1 - (current wall thickness/original wall
thickness)] x 100
Wall_Thickness = (in:mm) Average measured wall thickness determined during inspection. When input,
this value is a key parameter in the assessment of the current condition of the bundle and is used to
adjust the POF curve. An alternate method is to input the Estimated Remaining Life. When both values
are input, the Estimated Remaining Life will govern.
Primary_Damage = Based on a review of the inspection history this is the most significant cause of
damage to the bundle. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. Select from:
Unknown, None, General Thinning, Underdeposit Corr., Tube End Thinning, Localized Pitting, Environ.
Cracking, Flow-Induced Vibration, Erosion, Mechanical Damage, Handling Damage
Secondary_Damage = Based on a review of the inspection history this is the second most significant
cause of damage to the bundle. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases.
Select from: Unknown, None, General Thinning, Underdeposit Corr., Tube End Thinning, Localized
Pitting, Environ. Cracking, Flow-Induced Vibration, Erosion, Mechanical Damage, Handling Damage
Tube_Joint_Leak = Flag to indicate a Tube Joint Leak
ID_Corrosion = Corrosion of tube ID : Unknown, None, Mild, General, Heavy. This is only used as a
matching criteria for the reliability databases.
OD_Corrosion = Corrosion of tube OD : Unknown, None, Mild, General, Heavy. This is only used as a
matching criteria for the reliability databases.
ID_Fouling = Fouling of tube ID : Unknown, None, Mild, General, Heavy. This is only used as a matching
criteria for the reliability databases.
OD_Fouling = Fouling of tube OD : Unknown, None, Mild, General, Heavy. This is only used as a
matching criteria for the reliability databases.
Baffles_Rods_Spacers = Select from :Unknown, Good, Serviceable, Mech. Damage, Hvy Corrosion,
Poor
Hydrotest = Flag to indicate if bundle was hydrotested
Est_Life = (yrs:yrs) Estimate of remaining life for bundle. When input, this value is a key parameter in the
assessment of the current condition of the bundle and is used to adjust the POF curve. An alternate
method is to input the Remaining Wall Thickness. When both values are input, the Estimated Remaining
Life will govern.
Inspection_Comments = User supplied comments for inspection

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 260 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.28.2.2 TABLE ACTIONS


FORM VIEW
11. Right Click on the row number to activate form edit for this record. From the Form Edit View, the
user can
12. edit the current record and click on OK or
13. cancel the edit with CANCEL.
14. Data entered in the Form Edit View is not validated until the SAVE button is clicked in the Table
View
CUT/PASTE
Row Data can be copy and pasted from/into tables. Simply highlight the row you wish to copy and press
CTRL-C. This places the data onto the clipboard. Move to the location for pasting. This can be any row in
the current table or you can move to a different component but the same table. Place the cursor into the
first cell and press CTRL-V and the data will be pasted. If you are at the last row of the table the data will
be appended to the table. If data is pasted into a different table than the original table, the program will
attempt to fit the data. Numerical field pasted to numerical fields will act normally. if the value being
pasted appears in the destination select list, if will be preserved. If the value being pasted is from a select
list and does not appear in the select list then the default value will be used. If the user wishes to just
copy and paste the contents of a cell, then the user needs to place the cursor inside the cell and highlight
its contents and then press CTRL-C. To paste the value put the cursor inside the cell and press CTRL-V.
ADD ROW
15. Inserts a blank row into current table
16. Required fields are Inspection Type, Inspection Date, and Inspection Category
SAVE
17. Required fields are Inspection Type, Inspection Date, and Inspection Category
18. Note only the highlighted row will be saved upon selecting the Save Data button
19. Select Save Data button from the action panel
20. If data passes validation the Inspection History Data will be appended to the bottom of the list
21. If validation fails the user errors are immediately displayed in the error reply message
HELP
View this form help screen.
DELETE
Delete current Inspection History Data from database

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 261 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.29 Inspection Planning Form – Date


Inspection Planning can be determined in two ways. The first is for a specific Plan Date. Calculations are
performed based on a user specifed inspection plan and risk is calculated based upon that plan. In this
case the form presents the following groups of information:
• Inspection Planning,
• Results, and
• Risk At

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 262 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.29.1.1 Input Fields


RBI_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd:yyyy-mm-dd) The Date the RBI Analysis was performed
Component = The user name for this Component
Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input)
Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input)
Inspection_Option = There are two Inspection Options, Date and Plan. DATE derives an Inspection Date
based on the specified inspection information, while PLAN derives an inspection plan based on the
specified inspection Date
Inspection_Plan_Basis = Option Flag to indicate the basis for the risk measure to be used in determining
the next Inspection date [Financial Risk (default) or Area Risk]
Area_Risk_Target = (ft² : m²) Target Area Risk is the area risk for establishing a future inspection date;
Target Area Risk is only used if the Risk Flag = Area (Risk Flag indicates the basis of risk measure to be
used in determining the next inspection). The Target Area Risk that is set in Global Setting Form is the
default value.
Financial_Risk_Target = ($/yr : $/yr) Target Financial Risk is the financial risk for establishing a future
inspection date; Target Financial Risk is only used if the Risk Flag = Financial (Risk Flag indicates the
basis of risk measure to be used in determining the next inspection). The Target Financial Risk that is set
in Global Setting Form is the default value
Max_Insp_Int = (yrs : yrs) Maximum Inspection Interval (default = 10 years) is used as an Upper Bound
to the computed Inspection Interval (Optional Input)
Turn_Around_Date_1 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 1
Turn_Around_Date_2 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 2
Specified_Thinning_Inspection_Category = An Analyst Specified Inspection Category for Thinning
Inspection Type to be used in the Inspection Plan. It is ONLY used when Inspection Plan Option = DATE
No_Of_Thinning_Inspections = An Analyst Specified Number of Thinning Inspection Type to be Used in
the Inspection Plan. It is ONLY used when the Inspection Plan Option = DATE
Specified_Cracking_Inspection_Category = An Analyst Specified Inspection Category for Cracking
Mechanisms to be used in the Inspection Plan. It is ONLY used when Inspection Plan Option = DATE
No_Of_Cracking_Inspections = An Analyst Specified Number of Cracking Mechanism Inspections to be
used in the Inspection Plan. It is ONLY used when the Inspection Plan Option = DATE
Specified_Ext_Damage_Inspection_Category = An Analyst Specified Inspection Category for External
Damage Mechanisms to be used in the Inspection Plan. It is ONLY used when Inspection Plan Option =
DATE
No_Of_Ext_Damage_Inspections = An Analyst Specified Number of External Damage Mechanism
Inspections to be used in the Inspection Plan. It is ONLY used when the Inspection Plan Option = DATE
Specified_HTHA_Inspection_Category = An Analyst Specified Inspection Category for HTHA (High
Temperature Hydrogen Attack) to be used in the Inspection Plan. It is ONLY used when Inspection Plan
Option = DATE
No_Of_HTHA_Inspections = An Analyst Specified Number of HTHA (High Temperature Hydrogen Attack)
Inspections to be used in the Inspection Plan. It is ONLY used when the Inspection Plan Option = DATE

7.29.1.2 Results
Target_Risk_Years = (yrs :yrs) Years Associated With Target Risk (DATE) (PLAN)
Target_Risk_Gradient = Risk Gradient Associated With Target Risk (DATE) (PLAN)
Target_Date = (YYYY-MMM-DD :YYYY-MMM-DD) Target Date Computed As The RBI_DATE Plus The
TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN)

7.29.1.3 Risk At
Risk_Thinning_At_RBI_Date = Risk For Thinning At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN)
Risk_Thinning_At_Tar_Years = Risk For Thinning At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN)
Risk_Cracking_At_RBI_Date = Risk For Cracking At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN)
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide Page 263 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Risk_Cracking_At_Tar_Years = Risk For Cracking At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN)


Risk_HTHA_At_RBI_Date = Risk For HTHA At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN)
Risk_HTHA_At_Tar_Years = Risk For HTHA At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN)
Risk_External_Damage_At_RBI_Date = Risk For External Damage At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN)
Risk_External_Damage_At_Tar_Years = Risk For External Damage At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN)
Risk_Brittle_Fracture_At_RBI_Date = Risk For Brittle Fracture At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN)
Risk_Brittle_Fracture_At_Tar_Years = Risk For Brittle Fracture At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN)
Risk_Fatigue_At_RBI_Date = Risk For Piping Mechanical Fatigue At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN)
Risk_Fatigue_At_Tar_Years = Risk For Piping Mechanical Fatigue At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN)
Total_Risk_At_RBI_Date = Risk Factor At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN)
Total_Risk_At_Tar_Years = Risk Factor At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN)
Risk_Matrix_At_RBI_Date = Risk Matrix Category At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN)
Risk_Matrix_At_Tar_Years = Risk Matrix Category At TAR_DATE (DATE) (PLAN)
Risk_Category_At_RBI_Date = Qualitative Risk At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN)
Risk_Category_At_Tar_Years = Qualitative Risk At TAR_DATE (DATE) (PLAN)

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 264 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.30 Inspection Planning Form - Plan


The second Inspection Planning Option is Plan. Calculations are performed based on a user specifed risk
tolerance and specified plan date and inspections are recommended to achieve th risk target and plant
plan date. In this case the form provides the following information:
• Inspection Planning,
• Results, and
• Risk At.

7.30.1.1 Input Fields


RBI_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd:yyyy-mm-dd) The Date the RBI Analysis was performed
Component = The user name for this Component
Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input)
Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input)
Inspection_Option = There are two Inspection Options, Date and Plan. DATE derives an Inspection Date
based on the specified inspection information, while PLAN derives an inspection plan based on the
specified inspection Date
Specified_Plan_Date = (YYYY-MMM-DD :YYYY-MMM-DD) An Analyst Specified Planned Inspection
Date; It is only used when the Inspection Plan Option = PLAN. The default is 2 years after RBI Date
Inspection_Plan_Basis = Option Flag to indicate the basis for the risk measure to be used in determining
the next Inspection date [Financial Risk (default) or Area Risk]
Area_Risk_Target = (ft² : m²) Target Area Risk is the area risk for establishing a future inspection date;
Target Area Risk is only used if the Risk Flag = Area (Risk Flag indicates the basis of risk measure to be
used in determining the next inspection). The Target Area Risk that is set in Global Setting Form is the
default value.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 265 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Financial_Risk_Target = ($/yr : $/yr) Target Financial Risk is the financial risk for establishing a future
inspection date; Target Financial Risk is only used if the Risk Flag = Financial (Risk Flag indicates the
basis of risk measure to be used in determining the next inspection). The Target Financial Risk that is set
in Global Setting Form is the default value
Max_Insp_Int = (yrs : yrs) Maximum Inspection Interval (default = 10 years) is used as an Upper Bound
to the computed Inspection Interval (Optional Input)
Turn_Around_Date_1 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 1
Turn_Around_Date_2 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 2

7.30.1.2 Results
Target_Risk_Years = (yrs :yrs) Years Associated With Target Risk (DATE) (PLAN)
Target_Risk_Gradient = Risk Gradient Associated With Target Risk (DATE) (PLAN)
Target_Date = (YYYY-MMM-DD :YYYY-MMM-DD) Target Date Computed As The RBI_DATE Plus The
TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN)
Mod_Specified_Plan_Date = (YYYY-MMM-DD :YYYY-MMM-DD) Modified Specified Date Of Planned
Inspection (PLAN)
Thinning_Inspection_Category = Recommended Inspection Category For Thinning To Achieve Target
Risk at PLAN_DATE (PLAN)
Thinning_No_Of_Inspections = Recommended Number Of Inspections For Thinning To Achieve Target
Risk at PLAN_DATE (PLAN)
Cracking_Inspection_Category = Recommended Inspection Category For Cracking To Achieve Target
Risk at PLAN_DATE (PLAN)
Cracking_No_Of_Inspections = Recommended Number Of Inspections For Cracking To Achieve Target
Risk at PLAN_DATE (PLAN)
HTHA_Inspection_Category = Recommended Inspection Category For HTA To Achieve Target Risk at
PLAN_DATE (PLAN)
HTHA_No_Of_Inspection = Recommended Number Of Inspections For HTA To Achieve Target Risk at
PLAN_DATE (PLAN)
External_Damage_Inspection_Category = Recommended Inspection Category For External Damage To
Achieve Target Risk at PLAN_DATE (PLAN)
External_Damage_No_Of_Inspection = Recommended Number Of Inspections For External Damage To
Achieve Target Risk at PLAN_DATE (PLAN)

7.30.1.3 Risk At
Risk_Thinning_At_RBI_Date = Risk For Thinning At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN)
Risk_Thinning_At_Tar_Years = Risk For Thinning At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN)
Risk_Thinning_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Risk For Thinning At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections
(PLAN)
Risk_Thinning_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Risk For Thinning At PLAN_DATE With Inspections
(PLAN)

Risk_Cracking_At_RBI_Date = Risk For Cracking At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN)


Risk_Cracking_At_Tar_Years = Risk For Cracking At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN)
Risk_Cracking_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Risk For Cracking At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections
(PLAN)
Risk_Cracking_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Risk For Cracking At PLAN_DATE With Inspections
(PLAN)

Risk_HTHA_At_RBI_Date = Risk For HTHA At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN)


Risk_HTHA_At_Tar_Years = Risk For HTHA At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN)
Risk_HTHA_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Risk For HTHA At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections
(PLAN)
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide Page 266 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Risk_HTHA_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Risk For HTHA At PLAN_DATE With Inspections (PLAN)


Risk_External_Damage_At_RBI_Date = Risk For External Damage At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN)
Risk_External_Damage_At_Tar_Years = Risk For External Damage At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN)
Risk_External_Damage_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Risk For External Damage At PLAN_DATE With
No Inspections (PLAN)
Risk_External_Damage_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Risk For External Damage At PLAN_DATE
With Inspections (PLAN)
Risk_Brittle_Fracture_At_RBI_Date = Risk For Brittle Fracture At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN)
Risk_Brittle_Fracture_At_Tar_Years = Risk For Brittle Fracture At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN)
Risk_Brittle_Fracture_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Risk For Brittle Fracture At PLAN_DATE With No
Inspections (PLAN)
Risk_Brittle_Fracture_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Risk For Brittle Fracture At PLAN_DATE With
Inspections (PLAN)
Risk_Fatigue_At_RBI_Date = Risk For Piping Mechanical Fatigue At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN)
Risk_Fatigue_At_Tar_Years = Risk For Piping Mechanical Fatigue At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN)
Risk_Fatigue_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Risk For Piping Mechanical Fatigue At PLAN_DATE With
No Inspections (PLAN)
Risk_Fatigue_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Risk For Piping Mechanical Fatigue At PLAN_DATE With
Inspections (PLAN)
Total_Risk_At_RBI_Date = Risk Factor At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN)
Total_Risk_At_Tar_Years = Risk Factor At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN)
Total_Risk_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Total Risk At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections (PLAN)
Total_Risk_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Total Risk At PLAN_DATE With Inspections (PLAN)
Risk_Matrix_At_RBI_Date = Risk Matrix Category At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN)
Risk_Matrix_At_Tar_Years = Risk Matrix Category At TAR_DATE (DATE) (PLAN)
Risk_Matrix_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Risk Matrix Category At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections
(PLAN)
Risk_Matrix_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Risk Matrix Category At PLAN_DATE With Inspections
(PLAN)
Risk_Category_At_RBI_Date = Qualitative Risk At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN)
Risk_Category_At_Tar_Years = Qualitative Risk At TAR_DATE (DATE) (PLAN)
Risk_Category_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Qualitative Risk At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections
(PLAN)
Risk_Category_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Qualitative Risk At PLAN_DATE With Inspections
(PLAN)

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 267 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.31 Inspection Planning Form – Bundle


This form presents the results of the inspection planning calculations and Cost Benefit Analysis (CBA).

7.31.1 General Tab

7.31.1.1 Results
Specified_Plan_Date = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) An Analyst Specified Planned Inspection Date; It
is only used when the Inspection Plan Option = PLAN. The default is 2 years after RBI Date
Bundle_Install_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd : yyyy-mm-dd) The Date the bundle was installed in the exchanger.
Note that this is the install date for the active bundle not necessarily the original install date for the
exchanger.
Bundle_LEF = Actions made to a bundle during shutdowns which serve to return the bundle back into
service in an improved (not as-new) condition Bundle_Adjusted_Date = Bundle Installation Date Adjusted
for Life Extension Methods
Inspection_Plan_Basis = Option Flag to indicate the basis for the risk measure to be used in determining
the next Inspection date. Financial Risk (default) or Area Risk.
For Equipment_Type = Tank650 or Component_Type = Hextube, only Financial analysis is done.
Bundle_Financial_Risk_Target = ($/year) User bundle financial risk tolerance. This value is used to
determine the target date, i.e. the date where the calculated bundle risk exceeds the financial risk target.
Max_Insp_Int = (yrs : yrs) Maximum Inspection Interval (default = 10 years) is used as an Upper Bound
to the computed Inspection Interval (Optional Input) For Component_Type=HEXTUBE, the maximum
inspection Interval = 25 years.
User_Specified_MTTF =User specified Mean Time to Failure for bundle (years). This value is required if a
weibull curve, based on matching bundles from the reliability database, has not been generated from the
component weibull tab. If supplied, will govern the calculations.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 268 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

User_Specified_Beta = User specified Weibull slope parameter. This value along with the user specified
MTTF will be used if a weibull curve, based on matching bundles from the reliability database, has not
been generated from the component weibull tab. If supplied along with the Eta value, will govern the
calculations. The default value is 2.5.
User_Specified_Eta = Yrs This value is only required if User Specified MTTF is not provide and a weibull
curve, based on matching bundles from the reliability database, has not been generated from the
component weibull tab. If supplied along with the Beta value, will govern the calculations.
Number_Of_Matching_Bundles = Number of Bundles that match the criteria specified in the applied filter
on the bundle filter tab.
Number_Of_Suspensions = Bundles in-service, in the filtered dataset, without a reported failure
Number_Of_Failures = Number of Bundles, in the filtered dataset, that have experienced a tube leak.
Calculated_Beta = Beta value calculated for the specified cut set by applying a median rank regression
curve fit using the time-to-failure as the dependent variable (X onto Y).
Calculated_Eta = Eta value calculated for the specified cut set by applying a median rank regression
curve fit using the time-to-failure as the dependent variable (X onto Y).
Uncertainty_Percent = Uncertainty associated with inspection technique utilized, see Inspection
Effectiveness Table 8.7
R_Squared = Measure of closeness of fit of the Weibull curve to the dataset
Bundle_Inspection_Category = Recommended level of Inspection at the Plan Date or Turnaround Date 1
if specified. This level of inspection will guarantee that the calculated risk at turnaround date 2 will not
exceed the bundle financial risk target.
Insp_Date_Bundle = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Calculated Inspection Date for Bundle
RBI_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd:yyyy-mm-dd) The Date the RBI Analysis was performed
Risk_Matrix_At_RBI_Date = Risk Matrix At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN)
Risk_Category_At_RBI_Date = Qualitative Risk At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN)
Consequence_At_RBI_Date = Financial Consequences due to bundle failure, calculated based on bundle
criticality and including costs associated with lost opportunity due to production downtime, environmental
impact costs and the costs associated with maintenance and replacement of the bundle.
POF_RBI = Probablility of Failure at RBI Date
Total_Risk_At_RBI_Date = Total Risk At RBI_DATE for either inspection option DATE or PLAN. This is
the product of the probability of failure and consequence.
Target_Date = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Target Date This is calculated as the date at which the
calculated risk exceeds area or financial risk target with inspections. For bundles, this is the calculated
date at which the calculated risk equals the bundle financial risk target.
Tot_Risk_Matrix_Tar_Years_NI = Risk Matrix at Target Year No Inspection (PLAN)(DATE)
Tot_Risk_Cat_Tar_Years_NI = Qualitative Risk at Target Year No Inspection (PLAN)(DATE)
Consequence_Tar_Years_NI = Financial Consequences due to bundle failure, calculated based on
bundle criticality and including costs associated with lost opportunity due to production downtime,
environmental impact costs and the costs associated with maintenance and replacement of the bundle.
POF_Target = Probablility of Failure at Target Date
Risk_Tot_Tar_Years_NI = Total Risk at Target Year No Inspection Calculated for either inspection option
DATE or PLAN. This is the product of the probability of failure and consequence.
Specified_Plan_Date = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) An Analyst Specified Planned Inspection Date; It
is only used when the Inspection Plan Option = PLAN. The default is 2 years after RBI Date
Risk_Matrix_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Risk Matrix At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections (PLAN)
Risk_Category_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Qualitative Risk At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections
(PLAN)
Consequence_At_Plan_Date_NI = Financial Consequences due to bundle failure, calculated based on
bundle criticality and including costs associated with lost opportunity due to production downtime,
environmental impact costs and the costs associated with maintenance and replacement of the bundle.
POF_NI = Probablility of Failure at Plan Date without Inspection

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 269 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Total_Risk_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Total Risk At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections This is only


calulated for the Plan inspection option. This is the product of the probability of failure and consequence.
Specified_Plan_Date = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) An Analyst Specified Planned Inspection Date; It
is only used when the Inspection Plan Option = PLAN. The default is 2 years after RBI Date
Risk_Matrix_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Risk Matrix At PLAN_DATE With Inspections (PLAN)
Risk_Category_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Qualitative Risk At PLAN_DATE With Inspections
(PLAN)
Consequence_At_Plan_Date = Financial Consequences due to bundle failure, calculated based on
bundle criticality and including costs associated with lost opportunity due to production downtime,
environmental impact costs and the costs associated with maintenance and replacement of the bundle.
POF_WI = Probablility of Failure at Plan Date with Inspection
Total_Risk_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Total Risk At PLAN_DATE With Inspections This is only
calulated for the Plan inspection option. This is the product of the probability of failure and consequence.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 270 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.31.2 CBA Tab

7.31.2.1 Results
Planned_Replacement = ($/day) For the CBA, this is the calculated daily cost of bundle replacements at
the optimized bundle replacement frequency.
Unplanned_Failure = ($/day) For the CBA, this is the calculated daily cost, including risk cost, of an
unplanned bundle failure.
Total_Cost = ($/day) This is the sum of the planned replacement cost and the unplanned failure cost. In
the CBA, this is the value that is minimized when determining the optimal planned bundle replacement
frequency.
Optimal_Replacement_Freq = (Yrs) Bundle replacement frequency that minimizes total cost
Turn_Around_Date_1 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 1 For
Component_Type=HEXTUBE, this value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to make economic
inspection and bundle replacement decisions.
Turn_Around_Date_2 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 2 For
Component_Type=HEXTUBE, this value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to make economic
inspection and bundle replacement decisions.
Bundle_POF_Between_TAs = This is the Probability that a bundle will fail in the time period between
Turnaround Date 1 and 2.
Bundle_Install_Cost = $ Cost of maintenance required to remove, clean, and re-install exchanger
bundle
Bundle_Inspection_Cost = This is the cost of inspection as a function of inspection effectiveness.
Bundle_Cost = $ Cost of replacement bundle. If not input by the user, this value will be estimated based
on the size and metallurgy of the tube bundle.
Bundle_Total_Cost_Inspection = $, In the decision analysis for inspecting the bundle, this is the total cost
of inspection and maintenance required to prepare the bundle for inspection.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide Page 271 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Bundle_Total_Cost_Replacement = $, In the decision analysis for replacing the bundle, this is the total
cost of the bundle and maintenance required to remove and re-install exchanger bundle.
Bundle_Insp_Hurdle_Cost = $ This is the Return on Investment above the economic break even point
required to make the decision to inspect the bundle. This is based on Hurdle Rate input by the user on
the component settings tab.
Bundle_Repl_Hurdle_Cost = $ This is the Return on Investment above the economic break even point
required to make the decision to replace the bundle. This is based on Hurdle Rate input by the user on
the component settings tab.
ECOF_Inspect = $, Expected Incremental Risk Associated with deferring Inspection from Turnaround
Date 1 to Turnaround Date 2.
ECOF_Replace = $, Expected Incremental Risk Associated with deferring Replacement from Turnaround
Date 1 to Turnaround Date 2.
CBA_Inspect = Final economic based decision for bundle inspection at Turnaround Date 1. The software
will recommend inspection when the incremental risk incurred by defering the inspection exceeds the cost
of the inspection plus the return on investment (Hurdle_Cost) specified by the user.
CBA_Replace = Final economic based decision for bundle replacement at Turnaround Date 1. The
software will recommend bundle replacement when the incremental risk incurred by defering the
replacement exceeds the cost of the bundle replacement plus the return on investment (Hurdle_Cost)
specified by the user.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 272 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.32 Component Data


This is a table summarizing
• Failure Frequency,
• Equipment Down Time
• Minimum Required Thickness for Ferritic Steels
• Minimum Required Thickness for High Alloy Steels
• Failure Cost
for a small –- .25 inch, medium – 1 inch, large – 4 inch, and rupture failure.
It is based upon Table 8-1, Figure 7-14, Table 7-25 of the BRD.

FORM VIEW
1. Right Click on the row number to activate form edit for this record. From the Form Edit View, the
user can
2. edit the current record and click on OK or
3. cancel the edit with CANCEL.
4. Data entered in the Form Edit View is not validated until the SAVE button is clicked in the Table
View

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 273 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.33 PRV RBI

7.33.1 PRV Navigation Tree


The PRV navigation tree begins at the PRV level. Forms/Actions available from the right click are PRV
and Batch Calculate.

7.33.2 PRV Global Settings


User can select to set the all of the PRV calculations for the unit to either RISK or INTERVAL.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 274 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.33.3 PRV Design Information


The PRV form displays all the required input for a PRV.

7.33.3.1 Input Fields


PRV_Equipment = PRV Tag
Component = The user name for the Component assigned to PRV for Fluid Properties
Component_Description = Analyst Description for this component(Optional Input)
Analysis_Type = There are two options for running the program. Risk - the risk in $ is calculated for each
PRV at its current inspection/testing interval. Interval risk based interval is calculated for each PRV based
on the user's specified risk tolerance.
Make_Model = Make and Model of PRV
Serial_Number = PRV SERIAL Number(optional)
PID_Number = Number of the PID showing the PRV
PRV_Area = (in² : mm²) Orifice Area of the PRV (required)
PRV_Type = PRV Type RDISC - Rupture Disc, PILOT - Pilot Operated Pressure Relief Valve, PRDBAL -
Balanced Pressure Relief Valve, PRDCON - Conventional Pressure Relief Valve
Operating_Temperature_(°F) = Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Install_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd: yyyy-mm-dd) Date PRV was installed
Set_Pressure = (psi : Mpa) Set Pressure of the PRV. (Default = Design Pressure) (optional)
Parallel_Area = (in² : mm²) PRV Orifice Area installed in Parallel to the PRV being Evaluated. (optional)
RD_Upstream = Flag to indicate the presence of an upstream rupture disk. (Default=NO)
Disch_Location = PRV Discharge Location. (Default=FLARE), FLARE - Discharge to flare or vent system,
ATMOS - Discharge to atmosphere, CLOSED - Discharge to closed process under pressure
Pulsing_Service = Flag for Piping Vibration or Pulsing Service. Enter YES if there has been a history of
installed piping vibration or the PRV is downstream of rotating equipment (pulsing service). (Default=NO)
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide Page 275 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

PRV_Fluid = Fluid assigned to PRV for purposes of determining fluid characteristics. It is chosen on the
protected components form.
FTO_Class = Fluid Severity for the FAIL to Open case. This input characterizes the severity of the
contained fluid and is used for selecting the appropriate Probability of Failure on Demand curve for the
PRV (Default = MODERATE). Options are MILD, MODERATE, SEVERE
Leak_Class = Fluid Severity for the LEAK case. This input characterizes the severity of the contained
fluid and is used for selecting the appropriate Probability of Leakage curve for the PRV (Default =
MODERATE). Options are MILD, MODERATE, SEVERE
Size = (in : mm) PRV Size. required
Inlet = (in : mm) PRV Inlet Size. required
Outlet = (in : mm) PRV Outlet Size. required
PRV_Capacity = (lbm/hr:kg/hr) Rated Capacity of the PRV.
Soft_Seat = Flag to indicate that the pressure relief valve (PRDCON or PRDBAL) contains a soft-seated
design. If SOFTSEAT=YES, the default, probability of leakage curve used for the device will be adjusted
to account for reduced leakage across the seat. (Default = NO)
Back_Pressure = (psi : Mpa) Normal Superimposed Back Pressure in the discharge system. Required if
PRDDLOC=CLOSED or FLARE.
Current_Interval = (yr:yr) Inspection/Test Interval for PRV
Min_Allowed_Insp_Interval = (yr:yr) Minimum Inspection/Test Interval for PRV
Max_Allowed_Insp_Interval = (yr:yr) Maximum Inspection/Test Interval for PRV
History_Of_Chatter = Flag for Chatter. Enter YES if there has been a history of severe chatter with the
PRV installation. (Default=NO)
History_Of_Actuation = Flag to indicate Excessive Actuation of the PRV in service. Enter YES if there has
been a history of actuation, typically exceeding 5 times per year. (Default=NO)
System_Near_Set_Pressure = Flag to indicate that the sytem pressure is within the operating ratio of the
PRV. Recommended operating ratio (operating pressure/set pressure) for spring loaded PRDs is less
than 90%. The recommended operating ratio for pilot-operated PRDs is less than 95%. Enter YES if the
recommended operating ratio is exceeded. If FLAGPRAT = CALC, it will be calculated based on the
input values for PRES and SPRES.
Installed_Piping_Vibration = Flag to indicate the presence of installed Piping Vibration. Enter YES if there
has been a history of installed piping vibration or the PRV is downstream of rotating equipment (pulsing
service). (Default=NO)
FTO_Alpha= Default Weibull CHaracteristic Life Parameter for the Fail to Open Case. If not specified, the
default value is selected by the software based on the USer's input for IFLGROUP.
Leak_Alpha = Default Weibull CHaracteristic Life Parameter for the Leak Case. If not specified, the
default value is selected by the software based on the USer's input for IFLGROUP.
FTO_Beta = Default Weibull Shape Parameter for the Fail to Open Case. If not specified, the default
value is selected by the software based on the User's input for IFLGROUP.
Leak_Beta = Default Weibull Shape Parameter for the Leak Case. If not specified, the default value is
selected by the software based on the User's input for IFLGROUP.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 276 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.33.4 PRV Overpressure Demand Cases

7.33.4.1 Fire

7.33.4.2 Blocked Discharge

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 277 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.33.4.3 Inlet Control Valve Failure

7.33.4.4 Outlet Control Valve Failure

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 278 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.33.4.5 Thermal Relief/Hydraulic Expansion

7.33.4.6 Loss of Cooling

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 279 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.33.4.7 Liquid Overfill

7.33.4.8 Electric Power Failure

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 280 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.33.4.9 TPA or Reflux Pump Failure

7.33.4.10 Runaway Chemical Reaction

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 281 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.33.4.11 Heat Exchanger Tube Rupture

7.33.4.12 User Defined Case 1

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 282 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.33.4.13 User Defined Case 2

7.33.4.14 Overall Demand Case


This case is run exclusive of all other cases.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 283 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.33.4.15 Input Fields


Demand_Calculation_Flag = Flag to indicate if Demand Case is active
Event_Frequency = demands/year If left blank the default demand rate will be used based on Demand
Case Selected
Demand_RRF = Demand Rate Reduction Factor. This is a factor applied to the initating event frequency,
to reduce the actual demand rate on the PRV. (Default is 0.1 for demand cases 1 and 7 and 1.0 for all
other cases)
Upstream_Pressure_Source_Type = Upstream Pressure Source Type. (Default=4), 1 - Centrifugal Type
Rotating Equipment, 2 - Positive Displacement Type Rotating Equipment, 3 - Steam Turbine, 4 -
Upstream Pressure Vessel or Unit
Upstream_Source_Pressure = (psi : Mpa) - For the Blocked Outlet Failure case, with upstream
pressure sources that are pressure vessels or other units, enter 1.1 times the design pressure of the
upstream pressure vessel or unit. - For the Blocked Outlet Failure case, with upstream steam turbines,
enter the steam supply pressure. - For the Inlet control Valve Failure case,enter the pressure upstream of
the control valve, - For the Heat Exchanger Tube Rupture case, enter the high pressure side, maximum
normal operating pressure.
Deadhead_Pressure = (psi : Mpa) As an alternate, input 1.3 times the normal discharge pressure.
Should be input for upstream pressure sources that are centrifugal rotating equipment. As an default, the
program will use 1.3 times the Design Pressure of the protected equipment.
Heat_Source_Type = Type of heat source. Choices are Fired Heater, Other Internal or External Heat
Source, or None
Heat_Source_Temperature = (°F : °C) Temperature of heat source
Overpressure_Potential = (psi:Mpa) Dependent on the type of Demand Case.
Override_Overpressure (psi:Mpa) User specified overpressure
No_Of_Block_Valves = Number of Block Valves in Process Flow Path. (Default=1)
Block_Valve_Use_Frequency = Frequency that a particular isolation valve will be opened or closed.
Takes into consideration maintenance or operating procedures that may occur on a more frequent basis
than unit turnaround schedule
CV_Normal_Failure_Position = Normal failure position of valve (Open or Closed)
No_Of_CVs_In_Path = Number of control valves in path
Heat_Source_Type = Type of heat source. Choices are Fired Heater, Other Internal or External Heat
Source, or None
Heat_Source_Temperature = (°F : °C) Temperature of heat source
HP_Side_Max_Op_Pressure (psi:Mpa) Maximum pressure for high pressure side of heat exchanger

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 284 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.33.5 PRV Consequence Analysis

7.33.5.1 Input Fields


Leak_Tolerated = Flag to indicate if a moderate leak (less than 5% of PRV capacity) can be tolerated
without requiring an immediate repair. Enter NO if an immediate repair to a leaky PRV is required
(Default=YES)
Days_To_Discover_Leak = Estimated Number of Days to Discover a Leaking PRV. Defaults are shown:
180 for PRDIN less than or equal to 3/4, 60 for 3/4 &LT PRDIN &LE 1-1/2, 30 for 1-1/2 &LTPRDIN &LE 3,
15 for 3 &LT PRDIN &LE = 6, 10 for PRDIN &GE to 6
Stuck_Valve_Tolerated = Flag to indicate if a spurious opening (Stuck open) can be tolerated without
requiring an immediate repair. Enter NO if an immediate repair to a stuck open PRV is required
(Default=NO)
PRV_Environmental_Cost = ($:$) - (optional) Cost of Enviromental Fines Associated with PRV Leakage.
(Default = 0.0)
Fluid_Cost = ($:$) Cost of fluid lost in release
Cost_To_Repair_PRV = ($:$) - (optional)Maintenance Cost Associated with Removing, Testing,
Inspecting and Overhauling the PRV. Defaults are : $1000 for PRDIN less than 8 inch, $2000 for PRDIN
>=to 8 inches
Days_To_Repair_PRV = (days:days) - (optional) Estimated Number of Days Unit is Shutdown to Repair a
Leaking PRV. (Default = 3.0)
Equipment_Cost = ($/ft² : $/m²) The Cost for Affected Area, Global Setting for all Components in this Unit
(Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with default value = 550.0)
Production_Cost = ($/day : $/day) The Cost associated with Production Loss, Global Setting for all
Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default value
= 100,000.0)

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 285 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Injury_Cost = ($ :$) The Cost for a Personnel Injury, Global Setting for all Components in this Unit
(Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default value of 2,000,000.0)
Population_Density = (person/ft² : person/m²) Population Density, Global Setting for all Components in
this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a Default value = 0.0001)
Unit_Flare_Recovery = Flag to indicate if flare header contains a flare recovery system. If a flare recovery
system exists, the cost of los fluid for the leakage consequence is currently reduced by 50%. (Default is
NO)
Unit_TA_Frequency = (years:years) - (conditional)Unit Normal Turnaround Frequency.
PRV_Risk_Tolerance = ($:$) - (conditional)Company Risk Tolerance. This is required for
ANALTYPE=INTERVAL.

7.33.5.2 FORM ACTIONS


SAVE
5. Change existing data to new values
6. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form
7. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel
8. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved
9. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message
HELP
View this form help screen
DELETE
Delete this PRV Form from the database
COMMENTS
Comments can be added for any equipment, component, or damage record. When comments have been
saved, the comments button will appear white.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 286 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.33.6 Batch Calc


PRV calculations are done at the unit and at the PRV navigation level. All components assigned to a PRV
are recalculated as a Fixed RBI case and as part of the PRV. All components are reset to the NEW
consequence model and fluid properties are generated using the built in process fluid database.

7.33.7 Batch Calc Progress

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 287 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.33.8 Batch Calc with Diag


PRV calculations wit Diag are only done at the PRV navigation level. All components assigned to a PRV
are recalculated as a Fixed RBI case and as part of the PRV. All components are reset to the NEW
consequence model and fluid properties are generated using the built in process fluid database.

7.33.9 View Diag Files

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 288 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.33.10 PRV Protected Equipment


This form allows the user to select which components are protected by a PRV. Components are added
or removed using the add, add all, remove, remove all buttons. One component is assigned as the PRV
location. This component’s fluid, operating temperature, and fluid cost is assigned to the PRV.

7.33.10.1 FORM ACTIONS


SAVE
1. Add or remove components from the PRV.
2. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel
HELP
View this form help screen

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 289 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.33.11 PRV Inspection History

7.33.11.1 Input Fields


Insp_Date = (yyy-mm-dd:yyy-mm-dd) Date of inspection
Insp_Effective = Inspection Category for Selected Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, or D) B
is the default
Insp_Result = Flag to indicate if PRV passed test, select Pass or Fail
Insp_Leak = Flag to indicate if the PRD showed signs of leakage. For pop tests, whether a pre-overhaul
pop test ( A effectiveness) or a in-situ test (B effectiveness), a PRD is typically assumed to have leaked if
it showed any signs of starting to leak prior to 90% of set pressure (95% for pilot valves). The User can
use other acceptance criteria. For visual only tests (C effectiveness), a PRD is considered to have leaked
the test if there was evidence of excessive damage or cutting of the seats.
Insp_Overhauled = Flag to indicate whether the PRD was overhauled during the inspection. This flag is
also used to designate when a PRD has been replaced new. If the current inspection record indicates
that the PRD was replaced rather than overhauled, enter NEW (Default is NO)
Insp_Plugged = Flag to indicate whether or not the inlet and outlet piping (installed piping not PRD
flanges) was plugged during the inspection. Typically, the piping is considered plugged if 25% or more of
the piping are is plugged. The software will assume a failed test, if the User selects YES here. (Default is
NO)
Insp_Pre_Test_Pop = (psig : MPa) Enter the pre-overhaul pop test pressure. This is used for
informational purposes only
Insp_Blowdown = (psig : MPa) Enter the pressure at which the PRD reseated during the pre-overhaul pop
test. This is used for informational purposes only
Insp_ReSeat = Flag to indicate if the PRD reseated during the pre-overhaul pop test. This is used for
informational purposes only

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 290 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

Insp_Leak_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Enter the pressure at which the PRD started to leak during the pre-
overhaul pop test. This is used for informational purposes only.
Insp_Inlet_Condition = Flag to indicate the condition of the inlet flange to the PRD. This is used for
informational purposes only. Options are Unknown, Good, Light Deposits, Heavy Deposits, Plugged,
Insp_Outlet_Condition = Flag to indicate the condition of the outlet flange to the PRD. This is used for
informational purposes only. Options are Unknown, Good, Light Deposits, Heavy Deposits, Plugged,
Insp_Seat_Condition = Flag to indicate the condition of the seating surfaces of PRD. This is used for
informational purposes only. Options are Unknown, Good, Fouled, Corroded, Cut
Insp_ORing_Condition = Flag to indicate the condition of the Oring, if applicable. This is used for
informational purposes only. Options are Unknown, NA, Cut, Missing, Good
Insp_Guide_Condition = Flag to indicate the condition of the guide and disk holder. This is used for
informational purposes only. Options are Unknown, Good, Galled, Frozen. Corroded
Insp_Spring_Condition = Flag to indicate the condition of the Spring. This is used for informational
purposes only. Options are Unknown, Good, Corroded, Broken
Insp_Bellows_Condition = Flag to indicate the condition of the PRD bellows, if applicable. This is used for
informational purposes only. Options are Unknown, NA, Good, Corroded, Broken
Insp_Comments = User comments

7.33.11.2 TABLE ACTIONS


FORM VIEW
1. Right Click on the row number to activate form edit for this record. From the Form Edit View, the
user can
2. edit the current record and click on OK or
3. cancel the edit with CANCEL.
4. Data entered in the Form Edit View is not validated until the SAVE button is clicked in the Table
View
CUT/PASTE
Row Data can be copy and pasted from/into tables. Simply highlight the row you wish to copy and press
CTRL-C. This places the data onto the clipboard. Move to the location for pasting. This can be any row in
the current table or you can move to a different component but the same table. Place the cursor into the
first cell and press CTRL-V and the data will be pasted. If you are at the last row of the table the data will
be appended to the table. If data is pasted into a different table than the original table, the program will
attempt to fit the data. Numerical field pasted to numerical fields will act normally. if the value being
pasted appears in the destination select list, if will be preserved. If the value being pasted is from a select
list and does not appear in the select list then the default value will be used. If the user wishes to just
copy and paste the contents of a cell, then the user needs to place the cursor inside the cell and highlight
its contents and then press CTRL-C. To paste the value put the cursor inside the cell and press CTRL-V.
ADD ROW
1. Inserts a blank row into current table
2. Required fields are Inspection Type, Inspection Date, and Inspection Category
SAVE
1. Required fields are Inspection Type, Inspection Date, and Inspection Category
2. Note only the highlighted row will be saved upon selecting the Save Data button
3. Select Save Data button from the action panel
4. If data passes validation the Inspection History Data will be appended to the bottom of the list
5. If validation fails the user errors are immediately displayed in the error reply message
HELP
View this form help screen.
DELETE
Delete current Inspection History Data from database

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 291 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.33.12 PRV Inspection Planning/ PRV Results


The PRV inspection planning/ PRV results form has four sections:
• General Data
This section summarizes input data for the PRD, including tag number, PRD area, and set
pressure. None of the data in this section are calculated values.
• Service Duty
This section lists the fluid for the equipment where the PRD is installed, and the operating
temperature. These values are input for each component on the equipment RBI navigation tree.
Also, fluid FTO (Fail to Open) class and Leak class used in the calculation are listed (MILD,
MODERATE or SEVERE). These are inputs from the service duty section of the PRD Design
Information tab. The Weibull parameters used in the calculation are also shown in this section. If
the user did not input Weibull parameters, the default values for the selected FTO and Leak
classes are shown.
• Driving Component Parameters
PRDs often protect multiple components, and the software calculates risks for the PRD and each
protected component. Clicking on the “Details” button at the bottom of the screen will list each
protected component and the RBI results. The driving component is the component with the
highest risk ranking among all components calculated. The driving component and driving
component fluid are not necessarily the same as the PRD install location. This section includes
for reference the design pressure and the equipment RBI calculated damage factor for the driving
component.
• RBI Results
This section is slightly different, depending on whether the calculation has been run in “RISK” or
“INTERVAL” analysis type.
For “RISK” analysis, the Calculated Risk ($) is shown for the Current Interval. The Current
Interval and Last Inspection Date are inputs, and POF (probability of failure), POF Leak, and
Calculated Risk are results. The Date Due shows the calculated future inspection date, based on
the Last Inspection Date and Current Interval.
For “Interval” analysis, the RBI calculated interval is shown. The current interval is also shown for
comparison purposes. In this analysis, the Due Date is calculated using the Last Inspection Date
and the Calculated Interval. For this calculation type, the Calculated Risk ($) may be viewed by
clicking on the “Details” button at the bottom of the screen.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 292 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.33.12.1 Calculated Fields


Analysis_Type = There are two options for running the program. Risk - the risk in $ is calculated for each
Component = The user name for the Component that the PRV is attached.
Component_Description = Analyst Description for this component (Optional Input)
PRV at its current inspection/testing interval. Interval risk based interval is calculated for each PRV based
on the user's specified risk tolerance.
PRV_Equipment = PRV Tag
Make_Model = Make and Model of PRV
Serial_Number = PRV SERIAL Number(optional)
PID_Number = Number of the PID showing the PRV
PRV_Area = (in² : mm²) Orifice Area of the PRV (required)
Parallel_Area = (in² : mm²) PRV Orifice Area installed in Parallel to the PRV being Evaluated. (optional)
PRV_Type = PRV Type RDISC - Rupture Disc, PILOT - Pilot Operated Pressure Relief Valve, PRDBAL -
Balanced Pressure Relief Valve, PRDCON - Conventional Pressure Relief Valve
Size = (in : mm) PRV Size. required
Inlet = (in : mm) PRV Inlet Size. required
RD_Upstream = Flag to indicate the presence of an upstream rupture disk. (Default=NO)
Disch_Location = PRV Discharge Location. (Default=FLARE), FLARE - Discharge to flare or vent system,
Set_Pressure = (psi : Mpa) Set Pressure of the PRV. (Default = Design Pressure) (optional)
Number_Of_Equipment_Protected = Number of components protected by this PRD
PRV_Fluid = Fluid assigned to PRV for purposes of determining fluid characteristics. It is chosen on the
protected components form.
Operating_Temperature_(°F) = Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating
Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
FTO_Alpha= Default Weibull CHaracteristic Life Parameter for the Fail to Open Case. If not specified, the
default value is selected by the software based on the USer's input for IFLGROUP.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide Page 293 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

FTO_Beta = Default Weibull Shape Parameter for the Fail to Open Case. If not specified, the default
value is selected by the software based on the User's input for IFLGROUP.
FTO_Class = Fluid Severity for the FAIL to Open case. This input characterizes the severity of the
contained fluid and is used for selecting the appropriate Probability of Failure on Demand curve for the
Leak_Class = Fluid Severity for the LEAK case. This input characterizes the severity of the contained
fluid and is used for selecting the appropriate Probability of Leakage curve for the PRV (Default =
MODERATE). Options are MILD, MODERATE, SEVERE
Leak_Alpha = Default Weibull CHaracteristic Life Parameter for the Leak Case. If not specified, the
default value is selected by the software based on the USer's input for IFLGROUP.
Leak_Beta = Default Weibull Shape Parameter for the Leak Case. If not specified, the default value is
selected by the software based on the User's input for IFLGROUP.
Driving_Component = Name of Component with largest Risk for the RISK analysis or with the smallest
Calculated Interval for the Interval Analysis.
Driving_Component_Description = Description for Driving Component
Driving_Fluid_Name = Driving Component Fluid
Design_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Design Pressure It is only used in calculations if Operating Pressure is
not provided.
Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage
Mechanisms

7.33.13 PRV Details

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 294 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.33.13.1 Calculated Fields Details


Testint_Calculated = (yr:yr) Calculated Test interval. When Inspection Plan Basis = INTERVAl, this is the
calculated optimized test interval based on the specified RISK tolerance. When the Inspection Plan Basis
is RISK, this is the user's current test interval.
Alpha_Update = Updated Weibull Characteristic Life Parameter for the Fail to Open Case based on the
PRV's specific inspection history.
Alpha_Leak_Update = Updated Weibull Characteristic Life Parameter for the Leak Case based on the
PRV's specific inspection history.
Beta = Weibull Shape Parameter for the Fail to Open Case.
Beta_Leak = Weibull Shape Parameter for the Leak Case.
POF_OD_Future = Probability of Failure On Demand at the Future Test Date
POL_Future = Probability of Leak at the Future Test Date
ARisk_Fat_Total = (ft² : m²) Total Serious Injury Risk Area. Includes risk areas associated with flammable
and toxic releases.
ARisk_Equipment_Total = (ft² : m²) Total Equipment Risk Area. Includes risk areas associated with
flammable releases.
DRisk_FTO = ($:$) Risk for Fail to Open case includes risks of serious injury to personnel and equipment
damage
DRisk_Leak = ($:$) Risk for Leak case includes risks for leaking or stuck open PRVs
DRisk_Total = ($:$) Total Risk, sum of risks for Failure To Open and Leak cases

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 295 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.33.14 PRV Reports


Reports for PRVs are only available from the PRV Navigation Tree. PRV reports can be exported to MS
Excel in the same way as fixed equipment reports are exported, see paragraph 7.16

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 296 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.33.14.1 PRV Details

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 297 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.33.14.2 PRV Inspection History

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 298 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.33.14.3 PRV Over Due

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 299 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.33.14.4 PRV Protected Components

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 300 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.33.14.5 PRV Risk/Interval

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.


API RBI User's Guide Page 301 of 301

Mary Buchheim No.

April 2007 Rev02 File API-RBI User


Doc Response/Approved Checked
Guide.Doc

7.33.14.6 PRV Set Pressure

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

You might also like

pFad - Phonifier reborn

Pfad - The Proxy pFad of © 2024 Garber Painting. All rights reserved.

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.


Alternative Proxies:

Alternative Proxy

pFad Proxy

pFad v3 Proxy

pFad v4 Proxy